Financial reports

Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Reporting Entity

1.1 Corporate Information

Commercial Bank of Ceylon PLC (the ‘Bank’) is a public limited liability company listed on the Colombo Stock Exchange, incorporated on June 25, 1969 under the Companies Ordinance No. 51 of 1938, and domiciled in Sri Lanka. It is a licensed commercial bank regulated under the Banking Act No. 30 of 1988 and amendments thereto. The Bank was re-registered under the Companies Act No. 07 of 2007 on January 23, 2008, under the Company Registration No. PQ 116. The registered office of the Bank is situated at ‘Commercial House’, No. 21, Sir Razik Fareed Mawatha, Colombo 01, Sri Lanka. The ordinary shares of the Bank have a primary listing on the Colombo Stock Exchange.

The staff strength of the Bank as at December 31, 2015 was 4,951 (4,852 as at December 31, 2014).

Corporate information is given in the inner back cover of this Annual Report.

1.2 Consolidated Financial Statements

The Consolidated Financial Statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2015, comprise the Bank (Parent Company) and its Subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘Group’ and individually as ‘Group entities’) and the Group’s interest in its Associates.

The Bank does not have an identifiable parent of its own. The Bank is the ultimate parent of the Group.

1.3 Principal Business Activities, Nature of Operations and Ownership by the Bank in its Subsidiaries and Associates

Entity Principal Business Activities Ownership as at
December 31,
2015
  Ownership as at
December 31,
2014
 
Bank Providing a comprehensive range of financial services encompassing accepting deposits, personal banking, trade financing, offshore banking, resident and non-resident foreign currency operations, travel related services, corporate and retail credit, syndicated financing, project financing, development banking, lease financing, hire purchase financing, rural credit, issuing of local and international debit and credit cards, tele-banking, internet banking, mobile banking, money remittance facilities, dealing in Government Securities and treasury-related products, salary remittance package, bullion trading, export and domestic factoring, pawning, margin trading, e-Banking services, bancassurance and Islamic banking products and services, etc. N/A   N/A  
Subsidiaries          
Commercial Development Company PLC Property development and related ancillary services and outsourcing of staff for non-critical functions of the Bank. 94.28% (*) 94.55%  
ONEzero Company Ltd. Providing IT-related services. 100.00%   100.00%  
Commex Sri Lanka S.R.L. Acting as an agent to the Bank for opening of accounts, providing money transfer services, issuance and encashment of foreign currencies and travellers cheques, collecting applications for credit facilities and handling of ATM cards, etc. The commercial operations of this company are yet to be commenced. 100.00%   100.00%  
Serendib Finance Ltd. (formerly known as Indra Finance Ltd.) Providing financial services including leasing, hire purchase, loans, etc. 100.00%   100.00% (**)
Associates          
Equity Investments Lanka Ltd. Fund management 22.92%   22.92%  
Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. Insurance brokering 18.86% (***) 18.91% (***)

(*) The Board of Directors of the Bank resolved to reduce the shareholding of Commercial Development Company PLC, (in which the Bank had a stake of 94.55%) to comply with the requirements of the Listing Rule No. 7.13 of the Colombo Stock Exchange on Minimum Public Holding. Accordingly, the Bank disposed a part of shares through the Colombo Stock Exchange and reduced the shareholding in the above company to 94.28% by December 31, 2015 and is in the process of taking steps to dispose the required number of shares to adhere to the requirements of the Listing Rules.

(**) As per the Financial Sector Consolidation Road Map of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka, the Bank acquired 100% stake in Serendib Finance Ltd. on September 01, 2014.

(***) 20% stake of Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. is held by Commercial Development Company PLC, a 94.28% owned Subsidiary of the Bank, which is listed on the Colombo Stock Exchange. The Bank has a significant influence over financial and operating activities of Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. though it effectively holds only 18.86%.

There were no significant changes in the nature of the principal business activities of the Bank and the Group during the financial year under review.

2. Basis of Accounting

2.1 Statement of Compliance

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and the separate Financial Statements of the Bank, have been prepared and presented in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standards (SLFRSs and LKASs), laid down by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Sri Lanka and in compliance with the requirements of the Companies Act No. 07 of 2007 and the Banking Act No. 30 of 1988 and amendments thereto and provide appropriate disclosures as required by the Listing Rules of the Colombo Stock Exchange. These Financial Statements, except for information on cash flows have been prepared following the accrual basis of accounting.

These SLFRSs and LKASs are available at www.casrilanka.com.

The Group did not adopt any inappropriate accounting treatments, which are not in compliance with the requirements of the SLFRSs and LKASs regulations governing the preparation and presentation of the Financial Statements.

Details of the Group’s Significant Accounting Policies followed during the year are given in Notes 5 to 9.

The formats used in the preparation of the Financial Statements and the disclosures made therein also comply with the specified formats prescribed by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka for the preparation, presentation and publication of Annual Audited Financial Statements of Licensed Commercial Banks.

2.2 Responsibility for Financial Statements

The Board of Directors of the Bank is responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Financial Statements of the Group and the Bank as per the provisions of the Companies Act No. 07 of 2007 and SLFRSs and LKASs.

The Board of Directors acknowledges their responsibility for Financial Statements as set out in the ‘Annual Report of the Board of Directors’, ‘Statement of Directors’ Responsibility’ and the certification on the Statement of Financial Position, respectively.

These Financial Statements include the following components:

2.3 Approval of Financial Statements by the Board of Directors

The Financial Statements of the Group and the Bank for the year ended December 31, 2015 (including comparatives for 2014), were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors in accordance with Resolution of the Directors on February 24, 2016.

2.4 Basis of Measurement

The Financial Statements of the Group have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items stated in the Statement of Financial Position.

Items Basis of Measurement Note No./s
Held-for-trading financial instruments including financial derivatives Fair Value 29 & 30
Financial investments – Available-for-sale Fair Value 33
Land and buildings Measured at cost at the time of acquisition and subsequently at revalued amounts which are the fair values at the date of revaluation 37
Defined benefit obligation Liability for defined benefit obligations is recognised as the present value of the defined benefit obligation, less net total of the plan assets, plus unrecognised actuarial gains, less unrecognised past service cost and unrecognised actuarial losses 48

2.5 Going Concern Basis of Accounting

The Management has made an assessment of its ability to continue as a going concern and is satisfied that it has the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, the Management is not aware of any material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt upon the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore, the Financial Statements of the Group continue to be prepared on a going concern basis.

2.6 Functional and Presentation Currency

Items included in the Financial Statements of the Group are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Bank operates (the Functional Currency).

Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and items included in the Financial Statements of these entities are measured using that Functional Currency. There was no change in the Group’s Presentation and Functional Currency during the year under review.

These Financial Statements are presented in Sri Lankan Rupees, the Group’s Functional and Presentation Currency.

The information presented in US Dollars in the Section on ‘Supplementary Information’ does not form part of the Financial Statements and is made available solely for the information of stakeholders.

2.7 Presentation of Financial Statements

The assets and liabilities of the Group presented in the Statement of Financial Position are grouped by nature and listed in an order that reflects their relative liquidity and maturity pattern.

No adjustments have been made for inflationary factors affecting the Financial Statements.

An analysis on recovery or settlement within 12 months and after more than 12 months from the Reporting date is presented in Note 60.

2.8 Offsetting

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Statement of Financial Position, only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously. Income and expenses are not offset in the Income Statement, unless required or permitted by an Accounting Standard or Interpretation (issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee and Standard Interpretation Committee) and as specifically disclosed in the Accounting Policies of the Bank.

2.9 Materiality and Aggregation

Each material class of similar items is presented separately in the Financial Statements. Items of dissimilar nature or function are presented separately, unless they are immaterial as permitted by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 1 on ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’.

2.10 Rounding

The amounts in the Financial Statements have been rounded-off to the nearest Rupees thousands, except where otherwise indicated as permitted by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 1 on ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’.

2.11 Comparative Information

Comparative information including quantitative, narrative and descriptive information is disclosed in respect of the previous period in the Financial Statements in order to enhance the understanding of the current period’s Financial Statements and to enhance the inter period comparability. The presentation and classification of the Financial Statements of the previous year are amended, where relevant for better presentation and to be comparable with those of the current year.

2.12 Use of Judgements and Estimates

In preparing the Financial Statements of the Group in conformity with SLFRSs and LKASs, the Management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions which affect the application of Accounting Policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised prospectively.

The most significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements, in applying Accounting Policies that have most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Financial Statements of the Group are as follows:

A. Judgement

2.12.1 Determination of Control Over Investees

Management applies its judgement to determine whether the control indicators set out in Note 5.1.3 indicate that the Group controls the investees.

B. Assumptions and Estimation uncertainties

2.12.2 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The determination of fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded on the Statement of Financial Position, for which there is no observable market price are determined using a variety of valuation techniques that include the use of mathematical models. The Group measures fair value using the fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of input used in making measurements. Methodologies used for valuation of financial instruments and fair value hierarchy are stated in Note 25.

2.12.3 Financial Assets and Liabilities Classification

The Significant Accounting Policies of the Group provide scope for assets and liabilities to be classified at inception into different accounting categories under certain circumstances.

  • In classifying financial assets or liabilities at ‘Fair value through profit or loss’, the Group has determined that it has met the criteria for this designation set out in Notes 6.1.3.1 and 6.1.4.1.
  • In classifying financial assets as ‘Held-to-maturity’, the Group has determined that it has both the positive intention and ability to hold the assets until their maturity date as required by Note 6.1.3.5.
2.12.4 Impairment Losses on Loans and Receivables

The Group reviews its individually significant loans and advances at each Reporting date to assess whether an impairment loss should be provided in the Income Statement. In particular, the Management’s judgement is required in the estimation of the amount and timing of future cash flows when determining the impairment loss.

These estimates are based on assumptions about a number of factors and hence actual results may differ, resulting in future changes to the provisions made.

The individual impairment provision applies to financial assets evaluated individually for impairment and is based on Management’s best estimate of the present value of the future cash flows that are expected to be received. In estimating these cash flows, Management makes judgements about a borrower’s financial situation and the net realisable value of any underlying collateral. Each impaired asset is assessed on its merits, and the workout strategy and estimate of cash flows considered recoverable.

A collective impairment provision is established for:

  • groups of homogeneous loans and advances that are not considered individually significant; and
  • groups of assets that are individually significant but that were not found to be individually impaired

The collective provision for groups of homogeneous loans is established using statistical methods (such as, net flow rate methodology, risk migration analysis) or, a formula approach based on historical loss rate experience, using the statistical analysis of historical data on delinquency to estimate the amount of loss. Management applies judgement to ensure that the estimate of loss arrived at, on the basis of historical information is appropriately adjusted to reflect the economic conditions and portfolio factors at the Reporting date. The loss rates are regularly reviewed against actual loss experience.

In assessing the need for collective impairment, Management considers factors such as credit quality (for example, loan to collateral ratio, level of restructured performing loans), portfolio size, concentrations and economic factors. To estimate the required allowance, assumptions are made to define how inherent losses are modelled and to determine the required input parameters, based on historical experience and current economic conditions (including policy rates, inflation, growth in Gross Domestic Product, sovereign rating, etc).

The accuracy of the provision depends on the model assumptions and parameters used in determining the collective provision.

Refer Note 6.1.10.1.

2.12.5 Impairment of Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale

The Group reviews the debt securities classified as available-for-sale investments at each Reporting date to assess whether they are impaired. This requires similar judgements as applied on the individual assessment of loans and advances.

The Group also records impairment charges on available-for-sale equity investments when there has been a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value below their cost along with the historical share price movements, duration and extent up to which the fair value of an investment is less than its cost.

Refer Note 6.1.10.2 for details.

2.12.6 Impairment Losses on Non-Financial Assets

The Group assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment for an asset or a Cash-Generating Unit (CGU) at each Reporting date or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstances necessitate to do so. This requires the estimation of the ‘Value in use’ of such individual assets or the CGUs. Estimating ‘Value in use’ requires the Management to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the asset or the CGU and also to select a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of the relevant cash flows. This valuation requires the Group to make estimates about expected future cash flows and discount rates and hence, they are subject to uncertainty.

Refer Note 6.6 for details.

2.12.7 Revaluation of Property, Plant & Equipment

The Group measures land and buildings at revalued amounts with changes in fair value being recognised in Equity through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). The Group engaged independent professional valuers to assess fair value of land and buildings as at December 31, 2014. The key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the land and building and sensitivity analyses are provided in Note 37.5 (b).

2.12.8 Useful Life-time of the Property, Plant & Equipment

The Group reviews the residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation of Property, Plant & Equipment at each Reporting date. Judgement of the Management is exercised in the estimation of these values, rates, methods and hence they are subject to uncertainty.

2.12.9 Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised in respect of tax losses to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available and can be utilised against such tax losses. Judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits, together with future tax-planning strategies.

Refer Note 8.2 for details.

2.12.10 Defined Benefit Obligation

The cost of the defined benefit plans is determined using an actuarial valuation. The actuarial valuation involves making assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on assets, future salary increases, mortality rates and future pension increases, etc. Due to the long term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty.

Refer Note 48 for the assumptions used.

2.12.11 Provisions for Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies

The Group receives legal claims in the normal course of business. Management has made judgements as to the likelihood of any claim succeeding in making provisions. The time of concluding legal claims is uncertain, as is the amount of possible outflow of economic benefits. Timing and cost ultimately depends on the due processes in respective legal jurisdictions.

Information about significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in applying Accounting Policies other than those stated above that have significant effects on the amounts recognised in the Consolidated Financial Statements are described in Notes 6.9 to 6.15.

2.13 Events After the Reporting Date

Events after the Reporting date are those events, favourable and unfavourable, that occur between the Reporting date and the date when the Financial Statements are authorised for issue.

In this regard, all material and important events that occurred after the Reporting period have been considered and appropriate disclosures are made in Note 68 where necessary.

3. Financial Risk Management

Risk is inherent in the Bank’s activities, but is managed through a process of ongoing identification, measurement and monitoring, subject to risk limits and other controls. This process of risk management is critical to the Bank’s continuing profitability and each individual within the Bank is accountable for the risk exposures relating to his or her responsibilities. The Bank is exposed to;

Credit Risk

The risk that the Bank will incur a loss because its customers or counterparties fail to discharge their contractual obligations.

The Bank manages and controls credit risk by setting limits on the amount of risk it is willing to accept for individual counterparties and for geographical and industry concentrations and by monitoring exposures in relation to such limits.

Market Risk

The risk that the fair value or future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in market variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. The Bank classifies exposures to market risk into either trading or non-trading portfolios and manages each of those portfolios separately.

The market risk for the trading portfolio is monitored and managed closely.

Liquidity Risk

The risk that the Bank will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. Liquidity risk arises because of the possibility that the Bank might be unable to meet its payment obligations when they fall due under both normal and stress circumstances.

To limit this risk, Management has arranged for diversified funding sources in addition to its core deposit base and adopted a policy of managing assets with liquidity in mind and monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on a daily basis. The Bank has developed internal control processes and contingency plans for managing liquidity risk. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of high grade collateral which could be used to secure additional funding, if required.

Operational Risk

The risk of loss arising from systems failure, human error, fraud or external events. When controls fail to operate effectively, operational risks can cause damage to reputation, have legal or regulatory implications or lead to financial loss. The Bank cannot expect to eliminate all operational risks, but it endeavours to manage these risks through a control framework and by monitoring and responding to potential risks.

Controls include effective segregation of duties, access, authorisation and reconciliation procedures, staff education and assessment processes, such as the use of internal audit.

Bank’s Risk Management Framework

The Board of Directors of the Bank has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Bank’s Risk Management Framework.

The Risk Management Policy of the Bank translates overall risk appetite on business activities in a holistic approach to provide the guidance required for convergence of strategic and risk perspectives of the Bank.

The Risk Management Policy Framework constitutes the Credit Policy, Lending Guidelines, ALM Policy including Liquidity Risk Policy, Foreign Exchange Policy, Operational Risk Policy, IT Risk Management Policy, Market Risk Management Policy, Stress Testing Policy, etc. which have been firmly established to provide control and guidance for decision-making throughout the Bank in an uniform manner.

The Committee structure embedded to the system acts as a fact finding and decision-making authority through meaningful discussions of multiple points of view. The Risk Management committees effectively deliberate on matters at hand to provide guidance to the business lines with a view to managing risk in accordance with the strategic goals and risk appetite of the Bank.

The Board of Directors of the Bank has formed a mandatory Sub-Committee namely, the Board Integrated Risk Management Committee (BIRMC) as per Banking Act Direction No. 11 of 2007 on Corporate Governance. The performance of the Committee and the duties and roles of members are reviewed by the Board annually.

The meetings of the Executive Integrated Risk Management Committee (EIRMC) are conducted on a monthly basis to discuss Credit and Operational risk matters of the Bank while priority is given for liquidity and market risks at the ALCO meetings that convene at least once a fortnight.

In addition, the Risk Management Department carries out semi-annual Bank-wide risk assessment function focusing on adherence to laws, regulations and regulatory guidelines as well as internal controls and approved policies. A dedicated Compliance Department is entrusted with the responsibility of monitoring these requirements on an ongoing basis.

Further, the Management Audit function of the Bank independently monitors and evaluates the risk management function of the Bank and provides their views on adequacy of the Risk Management Framework to the Board Audit Committee.

Bank’s Financial Risk Management Framework

Management of Credit Risk

Lending Guidelines of the Bank formulated in consultation with Lending Units provides expected granularity of credit assessment, risk grading, their acceptability of collateral, etc. as well as limits on exposures and concentration levels to various sectors, counter parties, geographies and segments.

A robust risk grading system incorporating Basel requirement of facility rating and counterparty ratings is adopted by the Bank for evaluation of credit proposals. This risk grading framework consists of 10 grades of varying degrees of risk as an indicator for the Lending Officers to evaluate and arrive at suitable risk-reward trade-offs in their propositions. These risk grades are reviewed by the Integrated Risk Management Department regularly.

Portfolio level credit risk analyses are taken up at monthly EIRMC as well as quarterly BIRMC meetings. Individual credit proposals evaluated by the Lending Officers are approved by the Authorising Officers within the hierarchy in Delegated Authority Levels whilst ensuring a minimum of four eyes principle when approving any lending proposals. Escalation of approving levels occurs based on exposure levels as well as final risk ratings of borrowers.

The Executive Credit Committee (ECC) and the Board Credit Committee (BCC) are entrusted with high value approval of facilities while the Board will be the ultimate authority for approving facilities beyond predetermined threshold levels.

Deliberations take place at BCC level on facilities taken up for approval within the specified threshold and recommendation for approval of the Board based on quantum of exposures proposed is exercised.

The Risk Management Department provides risk approval for individual proposals above predetermined threshold levels, consequent to a rigorous independent risk evaluation guided by Credit Policy, Lending Guidelines and circular instructions within a limit framework stemming from risk appetite of the Bank.

Management of Liquidity Risk

Market Risk Management Policy and the ALCO Policy of the Bank approved by the Board of Directors set the tone for managing liquidity risk of the Bank. Liquidity risk of the Bank is given utmost priority when managing a wide range of other risks due to the fact that it is considered as the most critical risk for any financial institution.

The Bank’s Treasury Department is entrusted with managing liquidity of the Bank on real-time basis to ensure smooth functioning of business activities at all other business units of the Bank.

Having access to a substantial stable Current Account and Savings Account (CASA) base due to its wide branch network and the top of the mind perception created in the depositors in general, for stability provides immense strength to the Bank in managing liquidity.

Having high quality liquid assets at the disposal of the Bank is another plus factor for the Bank. The strength of such was amply reflected in the new Basel III parallel computation the Bank carries out for arriving at Liquidity Coverage Ratio as per the CBSL Guidelines that recorded very healthy results as compared to regulatory minimum threshold levels.

Contingency funding plans available, constant monitoring of salient liquidity ratios and scenario based stress testing being carried out regularly, provide the sense of Bank with required indicators enabling the Bank to take proactive measures that could provide time to overcome any adverse liquidity position on a future date.

Management of Market Risk

Market Risk Policy, ALCO Policy and Foreign Exchange Risk Policy are the three main policies that constitute the framework governing the Market Risk Management function of the Bank.

Due to the business model adopted by the Bank exposure to equity and commodity risk was kept at bay throughout the year.

However, Interest Rate Risk arising from the Banking Book as well as Trading Book and Foreign Exchange Risk arising from dealing in currencies other than local currency, continued to expose the Bank to associated risk elements.

Low interest scenarios experienced by the country during the period, impacted the financial market in Sri Lanka mainly through shrinking Net Interest Margin. Interest Rates of the Banking Book was subjected to varying degrees of rate shocks to identify impact on earnings perspective in such rate scenarios. The results reflected predictions which assisted the Bank in formulating strategies to manage the financial position in an effective manner with the limited choices available.

Trading Book too was subjected to Value at Risk (VaR) framework as described in the section on ‘Managing Risk at Commercial Bank’. The Bank also carried out sensitivity analysis on a regular basis to ascertain the impact on portfolios maintained, mainly in Government Securities and marking-to-market such portfolios to reflect fair value for decision-making process.

Foreign exchange positions were maintained within the regulatory framework in a market where much stability was observed in the major currency that the Bank deals in, i.e. US Dollars. The positions were subjected to sensitivity analysis to provide insight to possible losses/gains arising from currency appreciation/depreciation, respectively as the reporting currency of the Bank being Sri Lankan Rupees.

Operational Risk Management

Sound Operational Risk Management practices are embedded into the work process through Bank’s culture, internal policy framework and as per regulatory requirements.

Circular instructions and Operational Risk Management Policy play a major part in bringing together business practices with accepted benchmarks to ensure minimum disruption to processes, personnel, technology and infrastructure.

Internal control framework and Audit function with firmly established ‘three lines of defences’ serve the Bank to manage Operational Risk at current acceptable levels.

Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) framework is adopted to identify risks involved in business activities of the Bank and to implement appropriate mitigatory measures after assessing criticality of such risks.

IT Risk of the Bank is managed through strict monitoring of Key IT Risk Indicators while Vulnerability Assessment and Penetration Tests are being carried out by both internal and external parties at regular intervals to identify the relevant risks.

Refer Note 67 for ‘Financial risk review’.

A detailed write up on how the risk management is carried out within the Bank’s Risk Management Framework with due consideration given to factors such as governance, identification, assessment, monitoring, reporting and mitigation are discussed in detail in the section on ‘Managing Risk at Commercial Bank’. The said write-up on ‘Managing Risk at Commercial Bank’ does not form part of the Financial Statement.

4. Fair Value Measurement

‘Fair value’ is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

  • In the principal market for the asset or liability, or
  • In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible to the Group.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use. External professional valuers are involved for valuation of significant assets such as land and building.

An analysis of fair value measurement of financial and non-financial assets and liabilities is provided in Note 25.

Significant Accounting Policies

The Accounting Policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in the Financial Statements of the Group, unless otherwise indicated.

These Accounting Policies have been applied consistently by Group entities.

Set out below is an index of Significant Accounting Policies, the details of which are available that follow:

Note   Reference
to the Notes
(Printed Report)
5. Significant Accounting Policies – General  
5.1 Basis of consolidation  
5.2 Foreign currency  
6. Significant Accounting Policies – Recognition of Assets and Liabilities  
6.1 Financial instruments – initial recognition, classification and subsequent measurement  
6.2 Non-current assets held for sale and disposal groups  
6.3 Leases 66
6.4 Property, plant & equipment 37
6.5 Intangible assets 38
6.6 Impairment of non-financial assets  
6.7 Dividends payable  
6.8 Employee benefits  
6.9 Other liabilities 48
6.10 Provisions 47
6.11 Restructuring  
6.12 Onerous contracts  
6.13 Financial guarantees and loan commitments  
6.14 Commitments  
6.15 Contingent liabilities and commitments 57
6.16 Stated capital and reserves 51, 53, 54 & 55
6.17 Earnings Per Share (EPS) 22
6.18 Operating segments 61
6.19 Fiduciary assets  
7. Significant Accounting Policies – Recognition of Income and Expenses  
7.1 Interest income and expense 12
7.2 Fees and commission income and expense 13
7.3 Net gains/(losses) from trading 14
7.4 Dividend income 14 & 16
7.5 Lease income 12
7.6 Lease payments  
7.7 Rental income and expenses  
8. Significant Accounting Policies – Income Tax Expense  
8.1 Current taxation 21
8.2 Deferred taxation 21
8.3 Tax exposures  
8.4 Crop Insurance Levy (CIL)  
8.5 Withholding tax on dividends distributed by the Bank, Subsidiaries and Associates  
8.6 Economic Service Charge (ESC)  
8.7 Value Added Tax on Financial Services  
8.8 Nation Building Tax on Financial Services (NBT)  
9. Significant Accounting Policies – Statement of Cash Flows  
9.1 Statement of Cash Flows  

5. Significant Accounting Policies – General

5.1 Basis of Consolidation

The Group’s Financial Statements comprise consolidation of the Financial Statements of the Bank, its Subsidiaries in terms of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – SLFRS 10 on ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ and the proportionate share of the profit or loss and net assets of its Associates in terms of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 28 on ‘Investments in Associates’. The Bank’s Financial Statements comprise the amalgamation of the Financial Statements of the Domestic Banking Unit, the Off-Shore Banking Centre and the international operations of the Bank.

5.1.1 Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group (Refer Note 5.1.3 below). The consideration transferred in the acquisition and identifiable net assets acquired are measured at fair value. Any goodwill that arises is tested annually for impairment (Refer Note 6.6). Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if they are related to the issue of debt or equity securities.

5.1.2 Non-Controlling Interests (NCI)

Details of NCI are given in Note 56.

5.1.3 Subsidiaries

Details of the Bank’s Subsidiaries and their contingencies are set out in Notes 35 and 57.4 (a).

The summarised financial information of all its Subsidiaries including total assets, total liabilities, revenue, profit or loss and the dividend paid, business address, etc. are given in the Section on ‘Group Structure’.

5.1.4 Transactions Eliminated on Consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

5.1.5 Loss of Control

When the Group loses control over a Subsidiary, it derecognises the assets and liabilities of the Subsidiary, and any related NCI and other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement. Any interest retained in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.

Subsequently, it is accounted for as an Associate or in accordance with the Group’s Accounting Policy for financial instruments depending on the level of influence retained.

5.1.6 Associates

Details of Associates together with their fair values and the Group’s share of contingent liabilities of such Associates are set out in Notes 36 and 57.4 (b).

The Financial Statements of all Associates in the Group have a common financial year which ends on December 31.

There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Associates to transfer funds to the Parent (the Bank) in the form of cash dividend or repayment of loans and advances.

Summarised financial information of all Associates of the Bank together with the Bank’s interests are given in the section on ‘Group Structure’.

5.1.7 Material Gains or Losses, Provisional Values or Error Corrections

There were no material gains or losses, provisional values or error corrections recognised during the year in respect of business combinations that took place in previous periods.

5.2 Foreign Currency

5.2.1 Foreign Currency Translations

The Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Sri Lankan Rupees, which is also the Bank’s Functional Currency. The Financial Statements of the Off-Shore Banking Centre of the Bank and the Financial Statements of the Foreign Operations of the Bank have been translated into the Group’s Presentation Currency as explained under Notes 5.2.3 and 5.2.4 below:

5.2.2 Foreign Currency Transactions and Balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the Functional Currency, which is Sri Lankan Rupees, using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. In this regard, the Bank’s practice is to use the middle rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the Reporting date are retranslated to the Functional Currency at the middle exchange rate of the Functional Currency ruling at the Reporting date. The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items is the difference between amortised cost in the Functional Currency at the beginning of the year adjusted for effective interest and payments during the year and the amortised cost in foreign currency translated at the exchange rate at the Reporting date.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the Functional Currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognised in profit or loss, except for differences arising on the retranslation of available-for-sale equity instruments, a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation, or qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognised in OCI. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

5.2.3 Transactions of the Off-Shore Banking Centre

These are recorded in accordance with Note 5.2.2 above, except the application of the annual weighted average exchange rate for translation of the Income Statement and the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income. Net gains and losses are dealt through the Profit or Loss.

5.2.4 Foreign Operations

The results and financial position of overseas operations that have a Functional Currency different from the Bank’s Presentation Currency are translated into the Bank’s Presentation Currency as follows:

  • Assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the Reporting date.
  • Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period, unless this average rate is not a reasonable approximation of the rate prevailing at the transaction date, in which case income and expenses are translated at the exchange rates ruling at the transaction date.
  • All resulting exchange differences are recognised in the OCI and accumulated in the Foreign Currency Translation Reserve (Translation Reserve), which is a separate component of Equity, except to the extent that the translation difference is allocated to the NCI.

When a Foreign Operation is disposed or the control is lost, the cumulative amount in the Translation Reserve related to that foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss. If the Group disposes of only part of its interest in a subsidiary that includes a Foreign Operation while retaining control, then the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount of the Translation Reserve is reattributed to NCI.

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a Foreign Operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition are treated as assets and liabilities of the Foreign Operation and are translated at the exchange rates ruling at the Reporting date.

6. Significant Accounting Policies - Recognition of Assets and Liabilities

6.1 Financial Instruments – Initial Recognition, Classification and Subsequent Measurement

6.1.1 Date of Recognition

The Group initially recognises loans and advances, deposits and subordinated liabilities, etc. on the date on which they are originated. All other financial instruments (including regular-way purchases and sales of financial assets) are recognised on the trade date, which is the date on which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

6.1.2 Initial Measurement of Financial Instruments

The classification of financial instruments at initial recognition depends on their purpose and characteristics and the Management’s intention in acquiring them. (Please refer Notes 6.1.3 and 6.1.4 for further details on classification of financial instruments).

All financial instruments are measured initially at their fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to acquisition or issue of such financial instrument, except in the case of financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.

Transaction cost in relation to financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are dealt with through the Income Statement.

6.1.2.1 ‘Day 1’ Profit or Loss on Employee Below Market Loans

When the transaction price differs from the fair value of other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets, the Group recognises the difference between the transaction price and fair value (a ‘Day 1’ profit or loss) in ‘Interest Income and Personnel Expenses’. In cases where fair value is determined using data which is not observable, the difference between the transaction price and model value is only recognised in the profit or loss when the inputs become observable, or when the instrument is derecognised. The ‘Day 1 loss’ arising in the case of loans granted to employees at concessionary rates under uniformly applicable schemes is deferred and amortised using Effective Interest Rates (EIR) over the remaining service period of the employees or tenure of the loan whichever is shorter.

Refer Note 7.1.

6.1.3 Classification and Subsequent Measurement of Financial Assets

Group classifies financial assets into one of the following categories:

  • Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and within this category as –
    • held for trading; or
    • designated at fair value through profit or loss.
  • Loans and receivables;
  • Held-to-maturity;
  • Available-for-sale

The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification.

Please refer Note 24 for details on different types of financial assets recognised on the Statement of Financial Position.

6.1.3.1 Financial Assets at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include financial assets held for trading and financial assets designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss which are discussed in Notes 6.1.3.1.1 and 6.1.3.1.2 below:

6.1.3.1.1 Financial Assets – Held-for-Trading

Details of ‘Financial assets - Held-for-trading’ are given in Note 30.

Derivatives Recorded at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Details of ‘Derivative financial assets’ recorded at fair value through profit or loss are given in Note 29.

6.1.3.1.2 Financial Assets Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

The Group designates financial assets at fair value through profit or loss in the following circumstances:

  • the assets are managed, evaluated and reported internally at fair value; or
  • the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch, which would otherwise have arisen; or
  • the asset contains an embedded derivative that significantly modifies the cash flows which would otherwise have been required under the contract.

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss are recorded in the Statement of Financial Position at fair value. Changes in fair value are recorded in ‘Net gain or loss on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss’. Interest earned is accrued in ‘Interest Income’, using the EIR, while dividend income is recorded in ‘other operating income’ when the right to receive the payment has been established.

The Group has not designated any financial assets upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss.

6.1.3.2 Loans and Receivables to Banks and Other Customers

Loans and receivable to banks and other customers include amounts due from banks, loans & advances and lease receivable of the Group.

Details of ‘Loans and receivables to banks and other customers’ are given in Notes 31 and 32.

6.1.3.2.1 Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements (Reverse Repos)

Details of ‘Securities purchased under resale agreements’ are given in the Statement of Financial Position.

6.1.3.3 Other Financial Investments Classified as Loans and Receivables

Details of ‘Financial investments - Loans and receivables’ are given in Note 34.

6.1.3.4 Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale

Details of ‘Financial investments – Available-for-sale’ are given in Note 33.

6.1.3.5 Financial Investments – Held-to-Maturity

Held-to-maturity financial investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities, which the Group has the intention and ability to hold to maturity. After initial measurement, held-to-maturity financial investments are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR, less impairment. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees that are an integral part of the EIR. The amortisation is included in ‘Interest Income’ while the losses arising from impairment of such investments are recognised in ‘Impairment charges for loans and other losses’ in the Income Statement.

If the Group were to sell or reclassify more than an insignificant amount of held-to-maturity investments before maturity (other than in certain specific circumstances permitted in the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’), the entire category would be tainted and would have to be reclassified as available-for-sale. Furthermore, the Group would be prohibited from classifying any financial asset as held-to-maturity during the following two years.

The Group has not designated any financial instrument as held-to-maturity financial investment as at the Reporting date.

6.1.3.6 Cash and Cash Equivalents

Details of ‘Cash and cash equivalents’ are given in Note 26 to the Financial Statements.

6.1.3.7 Balances with Central Banks

Details of ‘Balances with Central Banks’ are given in Note 27 to the Financial Statements.

6.1.4 Classification and Subsequent Measurement of Financial Liabilities

Group classifies financial liabilities into one of the following categories:

  • Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, and within this category as –
    • Held-for-trading, or
    • Designated at fair value through profit or loss.
  • Financial liabilities at amortised cost.

The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification.

Please refer Notes 6.1.4.1 and 6.1.4.2 as detailed below:

6.1.4.1 Financial Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held-for-trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. Refer Notes 6.1.4.1.1 and 6.1.4.1.2 below:

6.1.4.1.1 Financial Liabilities Held-for-Trading

Details of ‘Derivative financial liabilities’ are given in Note 42.

6.1.4.1.2 Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss are recorded in the Statement of Financial Position at fair value. Changes in fair value are recorded in ‘Net gain or loss on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss’. Interest paid/payable is accrued in ‘Interest expense’, using the EIR.

The Group has not designated any financial liabilities upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss.

6.1.4.2 Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost

Financial instruments issued by the Group that are not designated at fair value through profit or loss are classified as liabilities under ‘Due to banks’, ‘Securities sold under repurchase agreements’, or ‘Subordinated liabilities’ as appropriate, where the substance of the contractual arrangement results in the Group having an obligation either to deliver cash or another financial asset to the holder, or to satisfy the obligation other than by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of own equity shares.

After initial recognition, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR.

The EIR amortisation is included in ‘Interest expenses’ in the Income Statement. Gains and losses too are recognised in the Income Statement when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.

6.1.4.2.1 Due to Banks

Details of the ‘Due to banks’ are given in Note 41.

6.1.4.2.2 Due to Other Customers/Deposits from Customers

Details of ‘Due to other customers/deposits from customers’ are given in Note 43.

6.1.4.2.3 Subordinated Liabilities

Details of ‘Subordinated liabilities’ are given in Note 50.

6.1.4.2.4 Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements (Repos)

Details of ‘Securities sold under repurchase agreements (Repos)’ are given in the Statements of the Financial Position.

6.1.5 Reclassification of Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Group reclassifies non-derivative financial assets out of the ‘held-for-trading’ category and into the ‘available-for-sale’, ‘loans and receivables’, or ‘held-to-maturity’ categories as permitted by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. Further, in certain circumstances, the Group is permitted to reclassify financial instruments out of the ‘available-for-sale’ category and into the ‘loans and receivables’ category. Reclassifications are recorded at fair value at the date of reclassification, which becomes the new amortised cost.

For a financial asset with a fixed maturity reclassified out of the ‘available-for-sale’ category, any previous gain or loss on that asset that has been recognised in equity is amortised to profit or loss over the remaining life of the asset using the EIR. Any difference between the new amortised cost and the expected cash flows is also amortised over the remaining life of the asset using the EIR. In the case of a financial asset that does not have a fixed maturity, the gain or loss is recognised in the profit or loss when such financial asset is sold or disposed off. If the financial asset is subsequently determined to be impaired, then the amount recorded in equity is recycled to profit or loss.

The Group may reclassify a non-derivative trading asset out of the ‘held-for-trading’ category and into the ‘loans and receivables’ category, if it meets the definition of loans and receivables and the Group has the intention and ability to hold the financial asset for the foreseeable future or until maturity. If a financial asset is reclassified and if the Group subsequently increases its estimates of future cash receipts as a result of increased recoverability of those cash receipts, the effect of that increase is recognised as an adjustment to the EIR from the date of the change in estimate.

Reclassification is at the election of the Management and is determined on an instrument-by-instrument basis.

The Group does not reclassify any financial instrument into the fair value through profit or loss category after initial recognition. Further, the Group does not reclassify any financial instrument out of the fair value through profit or loss category if upon initial recognition it was designated as at fair value through profit or loss.

6.1.6 Derecognition of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
6.1.6.1 Financial Assets

The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount of the asset (or the carrying amount allocated to the portion of the asset derecognised) and the sum of the consideration received (including any new asset obtained less any new liability assumed) and any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in OCI is recognised in profit or loss. Any interest in transferred financial assets that qualify for derecognition that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset or liability.

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its Statement of Financial Position, but retains either all or substantially all risks and rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. In such cases, the transferred assets are not derecognised. Examples of such transactions are securities lending and sale and repurchase transactions.

When assets are sold to a third party with a concurrent total rate of return swap on the transferred assets, the transaction is accounted for as a secured financing transaction similar to sale and repurchase transactions because the Group retains all or substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of such assets.

In transactions in which the Group neither retains nor transfers substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset and it retains control over the asset, the Group continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, determined by the extent to which it is exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset.

In certain transactions, the Group retains the obligation to service the transferred financial asset for a fee. The transferred asset is derecognised, if it meets the derecognition criteria. An asset or liability is recognised for the servicing contract, if the servicing fee is more than adequate (asset) or is less than adequate (liability) for performing the servicing.

6.1.6.2 Financial Liabilities

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expired.

6.1.7 Offsetting of Financial Instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Statement of Financial Position if, and only if, there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

Income and expenses are presented on a net basis only when permitted under SLFRSs, or for gains and losses arising from a group of similar transactions such as in the Group’s trading activity.

6.1.8 Amortised Cost Measurement

An ‘amortised cost’ of a financial asset or financial liability is the amount at which the financial asset or liability is measured at initial recognition, minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the EIR method of any difference between the initial amount recognised and the maturity amount, minus any reduction for impairment.

6.1.9 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value measurement of financial instruments including the fair value hierarchy is explained in the Note 25.

6.1.10 Identification and Measurement of Impairment of Financial Assets

At each Reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is ‘impaired’ when objective evidence demonstrates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset(s) and that the loss event has an impact on the future cash flows of the asset(s) that can be estimated reliably.

Objective evidence that financial assets (including equity securities) are impaired can include –

  • significant financial difficulty of the borrower or issuer,
  • reschedulement of credit facilities,
  • default or delinquency by a borrower,
  • restructuring of a loan or advance by the Group on terms that the Group would not otherwise consider,
  • indications that a borrower or issuer will enter bankruptcy,
  • the disappearance of an active market for a security, or
  • other observable data relating to a group of assets such as adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers or issuers in the group or economic conditions that correlate with defaults in the Group.

In addition, for an investment in an equity security, a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost is considered as an objective evidence of impairment.

6.1.10.1 Impairment of Financial Assets Carried at Amortised Cost

Details of the individual and collective assessment of impairments are given in Note 17.

6.1.10.2 Impairment of Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale

For available-for-sale financial investments, the Group assesses at each Reporting date whether there is objective evidence that an investment is impaired.

In the case of debt instruments classified as available-for-sale, the Group assesses individually whether there is objective evidence of impairment based on the same criteria as financial assets carried at amortised cost. However, the amount recorded for impairment is the cumulative loss measured as the difference between the amortised cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that investment previously recognised in profit or loss. Future interest income is based on the reduced carrying amount/impaired balance and is accrued using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. The interest income on such assets too is recorded within ‘Interest income’.

In the case of equity investments classified as available-for-sale, objective evidence would also include a ‘significant’ or ‘prolonged’ decline in the fair value of the investment below its cost. In general, the Group considers a decline of 20% to be ‘significant’ and a period of nine months to be ‘prolonged’. However, in specific circumstances a smaller decline or a shorter period may be appropriate. Where there is evidence of impairment, the cumulative impairment loss on that investment previously recognised in Equity through the OCI is removed from Equity and charged to profit or loss.

If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an impaired available-for-sale debt instrument increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, then such impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss; otherwise, any increase in fair value is recognised through OCI. Any subsequent recovery in the fair value of an available-for-sale equity instrument is always recognised in OCI.

The Group writes-off certain financial investments – available-for-sale, either partially or in full and any related provision for impairment losses, when the Group determines that there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

6.2 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Disposal Groups

The Group intends to recover the value of Non-current Assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale as at the Reporting date principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition, Management has committed to the sale and the sale is expected to have been completed within one year from the date of classification.

As per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – SLFRS 5 on ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, these assets are measured at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value, less costs to sell. Thereafter, the Group assesses at each Reporting date or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the investment or a group of investment is impaired. The Group recognises an impairment loss for any initial or subsequent write down of the assets to fair value less costs to sell and also recognises a gain for any subsequent increase in fair value less costs to sell of an asset, only to the extent of the cumulative impairment losses that have been recognised previously. As a result, once classified, the Group neither amortises nor depreciates the assets classified as held for sale.

In the Income Statement of the Reporting period and of the comparable period of the previous year, income and expenses from discontinued operations are reported separately from income and expenses from continuing operations, down to the level of profit after taxes, even when the Group retains a NCI in a subsidiary after the sale. The resulting profit or loss (after taxes) is reported separately in the Income Statement.

6.3 Leases

The determination of whether an arrangement is a lease or it contains a lease, is based on the substance of the arrangement and requires an assessment of whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset.

6.3.1 Operating Leases
6.3.1.1 Operating Leases – Group as a Lessee

Leases that do not transfer to the Group substantially all risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased assets are operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the Income Statement on a straight line basis over the lease term. Contingent rental payable is recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

6.3.1.2 Operating Leases – Group as a Lessor

Leases where the Group does not transfer substantially all risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating operating leases are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised over the lease term on the same basis as rental income.

Contingent rents are recognised as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

Details of ‘Operating leases’ are given in Note 66.

6.3.2 Finance Leases
6.3.2.1 Finance Leases – Group as a Lessee

Finance leases that transfer substantially all risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item to the Group, are capitalised at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

A leased asset is depreciated over the useful life of the asset. However, if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.

6.3.2.2 Finance Leases – Group as a Lessor

When the Group is the lessor under finance leases the amounts due under the leases, after deduction of unearned charges, are included in ‘loans and advances to banks’ or ‘loans and advances to other customers’, as appropriate. The finance income receivable is recognised in ‘interest income’ over the periods of the leases so as to give a constant rate of return on the net investment in the leases.

6.4 Property, Plant & Equipment

Details of ‘Property, plant & equipment’ are given in Note 37.

6.4.1 Depreciation

Details of ‘Depreciation’ are given in Note 19

6.4.2 Borrowing Costs

As per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 23 on ‘Borrowing Costs’, the Group capitalises borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of the cost of the asset. A qualifying asset is an asset which takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale. Other borrowing costs are recognised in the profit or loss in the period in which they occur.

6.5 Intangible Assets

Details of ‘Intangible assets’ are given in Note 38.

Amortisation recognised during the year in respect of intangible assets is included under the item of ‘Amortisation of intangible assets’ under ‘Depreciation and amortisation’ in profit or loss.

Refer Note 19.

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Useful Lives

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised but are tested for impairment annually either individually or at the CGU level as appropriate, when circumstances indicate that the carrying value is impaired. The useful life of an intangible asset with an indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether indefinite life assessment continues to be supportable. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis.

The Group does not have intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

6.5.1 Derecognition of Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from their use. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceed and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in profit or loss.

The Group has only acquired intangible assets, a list of which with the reconciliation of carrying amounts, accumulated amortisation at the beginning and at the end of the periods is given in Note 38.

A summary of Accounting Policies applied for the Group’s Intangible Assets is as follows:

Intangible Assets Useful Life Amortisation Method Used Internally Generated/Acquired Impairment Testing
Computer Software 5 years Amortised on a straight line basis over the useful life Acquired When indicators of impairment arise. The amortisation method is reviewed at each Reporting date
Goodwill N/A N/A Acquired in a Business Combination Annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may have been impaired

6.6 Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

At each Reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its non-financial assets (other than investment properties and deferred tax assets) to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment.

For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that is largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or CGUs. Goodwill arising from a business combination is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

The ‘recoverable amount’ of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. ‘Value in use’ is based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount.

The Group’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows and are used by more than one CGU. Corporate assets are allocated to CGUs on a reasonable and consistent basis and tested for impairment as part of the testing of the CGUs to which the corporate assets are allocated.

Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. They are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro-rata basis.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. For other assets, an impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

6.7 Dividends Payable

Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as a liability and deducted from equity when they are recommended and declared by the Board of Directors and approved by the shareholders. Interim dividends are deducted from Equity when they are declared and no longer at the discretion of the Bank.

Dividends for the year that are approved after the Reporting date are not provided for and are disclosed as an event after the Reporting period in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 10 on ‘Events after the Reporting Period’ in Note 68.1.

6.8 Employee Benefits

6.8.1 Defined Benefit Plans (DBPs)

A Defined Benefit Plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a Defined Contribution Plan as defined in the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

6.8.1.1 Defined Benefit Pension Plans
6.8.1.1.1 Description of the Plans and Employee Groups Covered

The Bank operates three types of Defined Benefit Pension Plans for its employees as described below:

  1. The Bank has an approved Pension Fund, which was established in 1992. As per the Deed of Trust, only those employees who were less than 45 years of age as at January 01, 1992 were covered by the Pension Fund in order to leave a minimum contribution for a period of 10 years before they are eligible to draw pension from the Pension Fund. Further, only the employees who joined the Bank on or before December 31, 2001, were in pensionable service of the Bank.
    During 2006, the Bank offered a restructured pension scheme to convert the Defined Benefit Plan (DBP) to a Defined Contribution Plan (DCP) for the pensionable employees of the Bank and over 99% of them accepted it. As a result, the above Pension Fund now covers only those employees who did not opt for the restructured pension scheme and those employees who were covered by the Pension Fund previously but retired before the restructured pension scheme came into effect.
  2. Provision for pensions has been made for those employees who retired on or before December 31, 2001, and on whose behalf the Bank could not make contributions to the Retirement Pension Fund for more than 10 years. This liability although not funded has been provided for in full in the Financial Statements.
  3. Provision has been made in the Financial Statements for Retirement Gratuity from the first year of service for all employees who joined the Bank on or after January 01, 2002, as they are not in pensionable service of the Bank under either the DBP or DCP. However, if any of these employees resigns before retirement, the Bank is liable to pay gratuity to such employees. This liability although not funded has been provided for in full in the Financial Statements.

The Subsidiaries of the Bank do not operate Pension Funds.

The Bank’s net obligation in respect of Defined Benefit Pension Plans is calculated separately for each plan by using the Projected Unit Credit Actuarial Valuation Method, as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’. This method involves estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value as detailed in Note 48.

The past service cost is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the period until the benefits become vested. If the benefits are already vested following the introduction of, or changes to, a pension plan, past service cost is recognised immediately.

6.8.1.1.2 Recognition of Actuarial Gains or Losses

Actuarial gains or losses are recognised in the OCI in the period in which they arise.

6.8.1.1.3 Recognition of Retirement Benefit Obligation

The defined benefit asset or liability comprises the present value of the defined benefit obligation, less past service cost not yet recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. The value of any asset is restricted to the sum of any past service cost not yet recognised and the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plan or reductions in the future contributions to the plan.

Amounts recognised in profit or loss as expenses on DBPs and provisions made on DBPs together with valuation methods are given in Notes 18 and 48 respectively.

6.8.2 Defined Contribution Plans (DCPs)

A Defined Contribution Plan is a post-employment plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligations to pay a further amount. Obligations to DCPs are recognised in the profit or loss as incurred. The Group has three such plans as explained in Notes 6.8.2.1, 6.8.2.2 and 6.8.2.3.

Amounts recognised in profit or loss as expenses on DCPs are given in Note 18.

6.8.2.1 Defined Contribution Pension Plan

As explained in Note 6.8.1.1.1(a), during 2006, the Bank restructured its pension scheme which was a DBP to a DCP. This restructured plan was offered on a voluntary basis to the eligible employees of the Bank. The scheme provides for lump sum payments instead of commuted/monthly pensions to the eligible employees at the point of their separation, in return for surrendering their pension rights. The lump sum offered consisted of a past service package and a future service package. The shortfall on account of the past service package in excess of the funds available in the Pension Fund was borne by the Bank in 2006.

The future service package includes monthly contributions to be made by the Bank for the employees who accepted the offer, to be made during their remaining period of service, at predetermined contribution rates to be applied on their salaries, which are estimated to increase for this purpose at 10% p.a. based on the salary levels that prevailed as at the date of implementation of this scheme. In addition, interest to be earned on the assets of the DCP is also allocated to the employees who opted for the restructured scheme.

The assets of this Fund are held separately from those of the Bank and are independently administered by the Trustees as per the provisions of the Trust Deed.

6.8.2.2 Employees’ Provident Fund

The Bank and employees contribute to an approved Private Provident Fund at 12% and 8% respectively, on the salaries of each employee. Other entities of the Group and their employees contribute at the same percentages as above to the Employees’ Provident Fund managed by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

6.8.2.3 Employees’ Trust Fund

The Bank and other entities of the Group contribute at the rate of 3% of the salaries of each employee to the Employees’ Trust Fund managed by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

6.8.3 Other Long Term Employee Benefits

The Group’s net obligation in respect of long term employee benefits other than pension plans is the amount of future benefits that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of any related assets is deducted. The discount rate used as the yield at the Reporting date is the current market rate that has been extrapolated to reflect long-term rate of discount based on market rates of interest on short term Corporate/Government Bonds and anticipated long term rate of inflation. The calculation is performed using the Projected Unit Credit Method. Any actuarial gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

The Group does not have any other long term employee benefit plans.

6.8.4 Terminal Benefits

Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits and when the Group recognises costs for a restructuring. If benefits are not expected to be wholly settled within 12 months of the Reporting date, then they are discounted.

6.8.5 Short Term Employee Benefits

Short term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

6.8.6 Equity Compensation Benefits

Share-based payment arrangements in which the Group receives services as consideration for its own equity instruments are accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions, regardless of how the equity instruments are obtained by the Group. Senior Executive Employees of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (equity-settled transactions). The Group does not operate any cash-settled share-based payment transactions.

The Group applies the requirements of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – SLFRS 2 on ‘Share-based Payment’ in accounting for equity settled share-based payment transactions, if any, that were granted after January 01, 2012 and had not vested at the same date. As per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – SLFRS 2 on ‘Share-based Payment’, on the grant date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment awards (i.e., share options) granted to employees is recognised as personnel expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the employees unconditionally become entitled to the awards. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of share awards for which the related service and non-market performance vesting conditions are expected to be met, so that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the number of share awards that do meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. For share-based payment awards with non-vesting conditions, the grant date fair value of the share-based payment is measured to reflect such conditions and there is no true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes.

The Employee Share Option Plan – 2015, which was granted during the year is subjected to the above accounting treatment.

However, the Employee Share Option Plan – 2008 which was granted prior to January 1, 2012, the effective date of the SLFRS 2 was not subjected to the above accounting treatment and the proceeds received during the year by the Group in consideration for shares issued were accounted for as Stated Capital within equity.

The details of Employee Share Option Plans are given in Note 51.2 and 52.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted Earnings per Share as disclosed in Note 22.2.

6.9 Other Liabilities

Details of ‘Other liabilities’ are given in Note 48.

6.10 Provisions

Details of ‘Other provisions’ are given in Note 47.

6.11 Restructuring

Provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring either has commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating losses arising on such restructuring are not provided for.

The Group does not have any provision for restructuring as at the Reporting date.

6.12 Onerous Contracts

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract.

The Group does not have any onerous contracts as at the Reporting date.

6.13 Financial Guarantees and Loan Commitments

‘Financial guarantees’ are contracts that require the Group to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss that it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when it is due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. ‘Loan commitments’ are firm commitments to provide credit under pre-specified terms and conditions.

Liabilities arising from financial guarantees or commitments to provide a loan at a below-market interest rate are initially measured at fair value and the initial fair value is amortised over the life of the guarantee or the commitment. The liability is subsequently carried at the higher of this amortised amount and the present value of any expected payment to settle the liability when a payment under the contract has become probable.

6.14 Commitments

All discernible risks are accounted for in determining the amount of known liabilities as explained in Note 6.9 above.

Details of the commitments are given in Notes 57.2 and 57.3 to the Financial Statements.

6.15 Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

A detailed list of ‘Contingent liabilities and commitments’ and ‘Litigation against the Bank and the Group’ are given in Notes 57 and 59.

6.16 Stated Capital and Reserves

Details of the ‘Stated capital and reserves’ are given in Notes 51, 53, 54 and 55 to the Financial Statements.

6.17 Earnings Per Share (EPS)

Details of ‘Basic and Diluted EPS’ are given in Note 22.

6.18 Operating Segments

Details of ‘Operating segments’ are given in Note 61.

6.19 Fiduciary Assets

The Bank provides trust and other fiduciary services that result in the holding or investing of assets on behalf of its clients. Assets held in a fiduciary capacity are not reported in these Financial Statements as they do not belong to the Bank.

7. Significant Accounting Policies – Recognition of Income and Expenses

Details of ‘income and expenses’ are given in Notes 11 to 20.

7.1 Interest Income and Expense

Details of ‘Interest income and expenses’ are given in Note 12.

7.2 Fees and Commission Income and Expense

Details of ‘Commission income and expenses’ are given in Note 13.

7.3 Net Gains/(Losses) from Trading

Details of ‘Net gains/(losses) from trading’ are given in Note 14.

7.4 Dividend Income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive income is established. Usually, this is the ex-dividend date for quoted equity securities. Details of ‘Dividend income’ is given in Notes 14,15 and 16.

7.5 Lease Income

In terms of the provisions of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 17 on ‘Leases’, the recognition of income on finance leases is accounted for based on a pattern reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on capital outstanding.

The excess of aggregate lease rentals receivable over the cost of the leased assets constitutes the total unearned lease income at the commencement of a lease. The unearned lease income included in the lease rentals receivable is recognised in profit or loss over the term of the lease commencing from the month in which the lease is executed using EIR.

7.6 Lease Payments

Payments made under operating leases are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are recognised as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest expense on the remaining balance of the liability.

Contingent lease payments are accounted for by revising the minimum lease payments over the remaining term of the lease when the lease adjustment is confirmed.

7.7 Rental Income and Expenses

Rental income and expense are recognised in the profit or loss on an accrual basis.

8. Significant Accounting Policies – Income Tax Expense

8.1 Current Taxation

Details of ‘Income tax expense’ are given in Note 21.

8.2 Deferred Taxation

Details of ‘Deferred tax assets and liabilities’ are given in Note 46.

8.3 Tax Exposures

In determining the amount of current and deferred tax, the Group considers the impact of tax exposures, including whether additional taxes and interest may be due. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of judgements about future events. New information may become available that causes the Group to change its judgement regarding the adequacy of existing tax liabilities. Such changes to tax liabilities would impact tax expense in the period in which such a determination is made.

8.4 Crop Insurance Levy (CIL)

As per the provisions of the Section 14 of the Finance Act No. 12 of 2013, the CIL was introduced with effect from April 01, 2013 and is payable to the National Insurance Trust Fund. Currently, the CIL is payable at 1% of the profit after tax.

8.5 Withholding Tax on Dividends Distributed by the Bank, Subsidiaries and Associates

8.5.1 Withholding Tax on Dividends Distributed by the Bank

Withholding tax that arises from the distribution of dividends by the Bank is recognised at the time the liability to pay the related dividend is recognised.

8.5.2 Withholding Tax on Dividends Distributed by the Subsidiaries and Associates

Dividends received by the Bank from its Subsidiaries and Associates, have attracted a 10% deduction at source.

8.6 Economic Service Charge (ESC)

As per the provisions of the Finance Act No. 11 of 2004, and amendments thereto, the ESC was introduced with effect from April 01, 2004. Currently, the ESC is payable at 0.25% on ‘Exempt Turnover’ and is deductible from the income tax payments. Unclaimed ESC, if any, can be carried forward and set-off against the income tax payable in the five subsequent years.

8.7 Value Added Tax on Financial Services

The value base for the computation of value added tax on financial services is calculated by adjusting the depreciation computed on rates prescribed by the Department of Inland Revenue to the accounting profit before Income Tax and emoluments payable. Emoluments payable include benefits in money and not in money including contribution or provision relating to terminal benefits.

8.8 Nation Building Tax on Financial Services (NBT)

With effect from January 01, 2014, NBT of 2% was introduced on supply of financial services via an amendment to the NBT Act No. 09 of 2009. NBT is chargeable on the same base used for calculation of VAT on financial services as explained in Note 8.7 above.

The amount of Value Added Tax and NBT charged in determining the profit or loss for the period is given in the Income Statement.

9. Significant Accounting Policies – Statement of Cash Flows

9.1 Statement of Cash Flows

The Statement of Cash Flows has been prepared by using the ‘Indirect Method’ of preparing cash flows in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 7 on ‘Statement of Cash Flows’. Cash and cash equivalents comprise of short term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Cash and cash equivalents as referred to in the Statement of Cash Flows are comprised of those items as explained in Note 26.

The Statement of Cash Flows is given on this report.

10. New Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Effective

A number of new standards and amendments to standards, which have been issued but not yet effective as at the Reporting date, have not been applied in preparing these Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, the following Accounting Standards have not been applied in preparing these Financial Statements and the Group plans to apply these standards on the respective effective dates.

Accounting Standard Summary of the Requirements Possible Impact on Consolidated Financial Statements
SLFRS 9 – ‘Financial Instruments’ SLFRS 9, issued in 2014, replaces the existing guidance in LKAS 39 - Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. SLFRS 9 includes revised guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments, including a new expected credit loss model for calculating impairment on financial assets and the new general hedge accounting requirements. It also carries forward the guidance on recognition and derecognition of financial instruments from LKAS 39.
Effective date of SLFRS 9 has been deferred till January 01, 2018.
The Group/Bank, is assessing the potential impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements resulting from the application of SLFRS 9.
Given the nature of the Group/Bank’s operations, this standard is expected to have a pervasive impact on the Group’s Financial Statements. In particular, calculation of impairment of financial instruments on an expected credit loss model is expected to result in an increase in the overall level of impairment allowances.
SLFRS 15 – ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ SLFRS 15 establishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, how much and when revenue is recognised. It replaces existing revenue recognition guidance, including LKAS 18 on ‘Revenue’ and LKAS 11 on ‘Construction Contracts’.
SLFRS 15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 01, 2017.
The Group/Bank is assessing the potential impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements resulting from the application of SLFRS 15.
Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements (Amendment to LKAS 27) The amendments to LKAS 27 will allow entities to use the equity method to account for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in their separate Financial Statements.
The amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 01, 2016.
The Group/Bank is assessing the potential impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements resulting from the application of amended LKAS 27.

The following new Accounting Standards are not expected to have a significant impact on the Financial Statements of the Group.

Regulatory Deferral Assets (SLFRS 14) – Effective date January 01, 2016.

Investment Entities: Applying the Consolidation Exception (Amendments to SLFRS 10, SLFRS 12 and LKAS 28) – Effective date January 01, 2016.

Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations (Amendments to SLFRS 11) – Effective date January 01, 2016.

Disclosure Initiative (Amendment to LKAS 1 – ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’) – Effective date January 01, 2016.

11. Gross Income

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group/Bank and the revenue can be reliably measured.

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Interest income [Refer Note 12.1] 66,339,317 61,932,876 66,030,456 61,832,018
Fees and commission income [Refer Note 13.1] 6,329,900 5,613,684 6,275,276 5,592,744
Net gains/(losses) from trading [Refer Note 14] 813,376 (305,492) 813,376 (305,492)
Net gains/(losses) from financial investments [Refer Note 15] 693,987 2,272,575 693,933 2,272,575
Other income (net) [Refer Note 16] 4,048,817 3,334,560 4,054,911 3,360,384
Total 78,225,397 72,848,203 77,867,952 72,752,229

12. Net Interest Income

Interest income and expense are recognised in profit or loss using the EIR method. The ‘effective interest rate’ is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash payments and receipts throughout the expected life of the financial asset or financial liability (or, where appropriate, a shorter period) to the carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates future cash flows, considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, but not future credit losses.

The calculation of the EIR includes transaction costs and fees and points paid or received that are an integral part of the EIR. Transaction costs include incremental costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of a financial asset or financial liability.

Interest income and expense presented in the Income Statement include:

  • Interest on financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost calculated using EIR method;
  • Held-for-trading calculated using EIR method;
  • Interest on available-for-sale investment securities calculated using EIR method;
  • The effective portion of fair value changes in qualifying hedging derivatives designated in cash flow hedges of variability in interest cash flows, in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect interest income/expense, if any; and
  • The effective portion of fair value changes in qualifying hedging derivatives designated in fair value hedges of interest rate risk, if any.
  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Interest income [Refer Note 12.1] 66,339,317 61,932,876 66,030,456 61,832,018
Less: Interest expenses [Refer Note 12.2] 35,771,967 34,613,052 35,685,172 34,610,179
Net interest income 30,567,350 27,319,824 30,345,284 27,221,839

 

 

12.1 Interest Income

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Cash and cash equivalents 88,573 49,874 88,270 49,775
Balances with Central Banks 336,040 30,082 336,040 30,082
Placements with banks 158,645 136,051 158,645 136,051
Securities purchased under resale agreements 665,897 2,046,020 665,897 2,046,020
Financial instruments – Held-for-trading 681,464 349,330 681,464 349,330
Derivative financial instruments
Other financial instruments 681,464 349,330 681,464 349,330
Loans and receivables to other customers 43,540,368 41,123,317 43,231,336 41,020,125
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 17,549,260 15,449,780 17,548,160 15,449,334
Financial investments – Loans and receivables 3,052,231 2,467,574 3,052,231 2,467,574
Interest income from impaired loans and receivables to other customers 265,347 278,878 265,347 278,878
Other interest income 1,492 1,970 3,066 4,849
Total interest income 66,339,317 61,932,876 66,030,456 61,832,018

 

12.2 Interest Expenses

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Due to banks 593,651 648,876 527,983 640,487
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 7,876,715 4,927,205 7,886,186 4,940,789
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 26,034,412 27,652,070 26,040,128 27,657,322
Refinance borrowings 253,502 393,787 253,502 393,787
Foreign currency borrowings 190,420 225,013 190,420 225,013
Subordinated liabilities 823,267 766,101 786,953 752,781
Total interest expenses 35,771,967 34,613,052 35,685,172 34,610,179

12.3 Net Interest Income from Government Securities

Interest Income and Interest Expenses on Government Securities given in the Notes 12.3 (a) and 12.3 (b) below have been extracted from Interest Income and Interest Expenses given in Notes 12.1 and 12.2, respectively and disclosed separately, as required by the Guidelines issued by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

12.3 (a) Net Interest Income from Sri Lanka Government Securities
  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Interest income 19,303,078 18,119,028 19,301,977 18,118,582
Less: Interest expenses 7,883,079 5,204,286 7,892,551 5,217,870
Sub total 11,419,999 12,914,742 11,409,426 12,900,712

Notional Tax Credit on Secondary Market Transactions

As per the Section 137 of the Inland Revenue Act No. 10 of 2006 and amendments thereto, Net Interest Income of the Group/Bank derived from secondary market transactions in Government Securities, Treasury Bills or Treasury Bonds (Interest income accrued or received on outright or reverse repurchase transactions on Government Securities, Treasury Bills or Bonds less interest expenses on repurchase transactions with such Government Securities, Treasury Bills or Bonds from which such interest income was earned) for the period January 01, 2015 to December 31, 2015 has been grossed up by Rs. 900.495 Mn. (2014 – Rs. 1,080.686 Mn.) and Rs. 899.563 Mn. (2014 – Rs. 1,079.038 Mn.) by the Group and the Bank respectively as the notional tax credit, consequent to the interest income on above instruments being subjected to withholding tax.

12.3 (b) Net Interest Income from Bangladesh Government Securities
  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Interest income 1,415,253 1,545,740 1,415,253 1,545,740
Less: Interest expenses 14,786 12,694 14,786 12,694
Sub total 1,400,467 1,533,046 1,400,467 1,533,046

13. Net Fees and Commission Income

Fees and commission income and expenses that are integral to the EIR of a financial asset or liability are capitalised and included in the measurement of the EIR and recognised in the Income Statement over the expected life of the instruments.

Other fees and commission income, including account servicing fees, investment management fees, sales commission, placement fees and syndication fees, are recognised as the related services are performed. If a loan commitment is not expected to result in the drawdown of a loan, then the related loan commitment fees are recognised on a straight-line basis over the commitment period.

Other fees and commission expenses relate mainly to transaction and service fees, which are expensed as the services are received.

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Fees and commission income [Refer Note 13.1] 6,329,900 5,613,684 6,275,276 5,592,744
Less: Fees and commission expenses [Refer Note 13.2] 919,590 764,322 901,190 761,527
Net fees and commission income 5,410,310 4,849,362 5,374,086 4,831,217
(Graph - Net Fees & Commission Income - Bank)

13.1 Fees and Commission Income

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Loans and advances related services 715,502 635,759 664,269 618,926
Credit and debit cards related services 1,849,571 1,603,161 1,849,571 1,603,161
Trade and remittances related services 2,212,916 1,948,321 2,212,916 1,948,321
Deposits related services 562,797 543,191 562,860 543,228
Guarantees related services 505,109 583,899 505,109 583,899
Other financial services 484,005 299,353 480,551 295,209
Sub total 6,329,900 5,613,684 6,275,276 5,592,744

13.2 Fees and Commission Expenses

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Loans and advances related services 52,149 45,097 33,749 42,302
Credit and debit cards related services 768,406 622,140 768,406 622,140
Trade and remittances related services 31,826 34,332 31,826 34,332
Other financial services 67,209 62,753 67,209 62,753
Sub total 919,590 764,322 901,190 761,527

14. Net Gains/(Losses) from Trading

‘Net gains/(losses) from trading’ comprise gains less losses related to trading assets and liabilities, and include all realised and unrealised fair value changes, dividends and foreign exchange differences.

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Foreign exchange        
From banks
From other customers 891,825 (709,249) 891,825 (709,249)
Interest rates        
Net mark-to-market gains/(losses) (92,831) 28,374 (92,831) 28,374
Net capital gains/(losses) 20,512 256,611 20,512 256,611
Equities        
Net mark-to-market gains/(losses) (26,452) 79,190 (26,452) 79,190
Net capital gains/(losses) 11,294 30,705 11,294 30,705
Dividend income 9,028 8,877 9,028 8,877
Total 813,376 (305,492) 813,376 (305,492)

15. Net Gains/(Losses) from Financial Investments

‘Net gains/(losses) from financial investments’ comprise gains less losses related to available for sale investments and loans and receivables, and include all realised and unrealised fair value changes and dividends.

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Financial investments – available-for-sale [Refer Note 15.1] 560,715 2,229,119 560,661 2,229,119
Financial investments – loans and receivables [Refer Note 15.2] 133,272 43,456 133,272 43,456
Total 693,987 2,272,575 693,933 2,272,575

15.1 Financial Investments – Available-for-sale

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Interest rates        
Net capital gains/(losses) 514,289 2,197,337 514,289 2,197,337
Equities 46,426 31,782 46,372 31,782
Net capital gains/(losses)
Dividend income 46,426 31,782 46,372 31,782
Total 560,715 2,229,119 560,661 2,229,119

15.2 Financial Investments – Loans and Receivables

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Interest rates        
Net capital gains/(losses) 133,272 43,456 133,272 43,456
Total 133,272 43,456 133,272 43,456

16. Other Income (Net)

16.1 Gains/(losses) on sale of assets

The gains or losses on the disposal of assets is determined on the difference between the carrying amount of the assets at the time of disposal and the proceeds of disposal, net of incremental disposal costs. This is recognised as an item of Other Income in the year in which significant risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the buyer.

16.2 Rental Income

Rental income is recognised in the profit or loss on an accrual basis.

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Gains/(losses) on sale of property, plant & equipment [Refer Note 16.1] (1,334) (2,144) (6,505) (4,916)
Gains/(losses) on revaluation of foreign exchange 1,985,444 2,190,423 1,985,444 2,190,423
Recoveries of loans written off and provision reversals 1,874,575 1,029,723 1,874,575 1,029,723
Dividend income from subsidiaries 81,664 70,383
Dividend income from associates 6,733 851 6,166
Profit due to change in ownership 2,344
Rental and other income [Refer Note 16.2] 190,132 116,558 111,223 74,771
Less: Dividends received from associates transferred to investment account (6,733) (851)
Total 4,048,817 3,334,560 4,054,911 3,360,384

17. Impairment Charges for Loans and Other Losses

Individual Assessment of Impairment

Individual Assessment of Impairment for financial assets carried at amortised cost (such as amounts due from banks, loans and advances to customers as well as held to maturity investments), the Group first assesses individually, whether objective evidence of impairment exists for financial assets that are individually significant or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future expected credit losses that have not yet been incurred). The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision account and the amount of impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss. Interest income continues to be accrued and recorded in ‘Interest Income’ on the reduced carrying amount/impaired balance and is accrued using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.

The present value of the estimated future cash flows is discounted at the financial asset’s original EIR. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current EIR. If the Bank has reclassified trading assets to loans and advances, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the new EIR determined at the reclassification date. The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash flows of a collateralised financial asset, reflects the cash flows that may result from foreclosure less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral, whether or not foreclosure is probable.

Loans together with the associated impairment provision are written off when there is no realistic prospect of future recovery and all collateral has been realised or has been transferred to the Bank. If, in a subsequent year, the amount of the estimated impairment loss increases or decreases because of an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is increased or reduced by adjusting the provision account. If a future write-off is later recovered, the recovery is credited to ‘Other Income’.

Collective Assessment of Impairment

If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment.

For the purpose of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of the Bank’s internal credit grading system, that considers credit risk characteristics such as asset type, industry, geographical location, collateral type, past-due status and other relevant factors.

Future cash flows on a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment, are estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the Group. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. Estimates of changes in future cash flows reflect and are directionally consistent with changes in related observable data from year-to-year such as changes in;

  • Interest rates,
  • Inflation rates,
  • Growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP),
  • Global GDP growth rates,
  • Countries’ Sovereign ratings, Ease of Doing Business Indices,
  • Exchange rates,
  • Political Stability,
  • Portfolio factors including percentage of restructured performing loans.

The methodology and assumptions used for estimating provision for impairment including assumptions for projecting future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

Details of impairment losses and provisions (both individual and collective) on financial assets carried at amortised cost and an analysis of the impairment provision on loans and advances by class are given in Note 32.

Impairment of Rescheduled Loans and Advances

Where possible, the Bank seeks to reschedule loans and advances rather than to take possession of collateral. This may involve extending the payment arrangements and the agreement of new loan conditions. In case of individually significant rescheduled credit facilities, once the terms have been renegotiated, any impairment is measured using the original EIR as calculated before the modification of terms and the loan/advance is no longer considered past due. The Management continually reviews renegotiated loans and advances to ensure that all criteria are met and that future repayments are likely to occur.

Collateral Valuation

The Bank seeks to use collateral, where possible, to mitigate its risks on financial assets. The collateral comes in various forms such as cash, gold, Government Securities, Letters of Credit/Guarantees, real estate, receivables, inventories, other non-financial assets and credit enhancements such as netting agreements, etc. The fair value of collateral is generally assessed, at a minimum, at inception and based on the Bank’s annual reporting schedule.

Collateral Repossessed

The Bank’s policy is to carry collaterals repossessed at fair value at the repossession date and such assets will be disposed at the earliest possible opportunity. These assets are recorded under assets held for sale as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – SLFRS 5 on ‘Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’.

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Loans and receivables to banks [Refer Note 31]
Loans and receivables to other customers 4,099,738 3,208,638 3,904,948 3,189,995
Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement – Individual Impairment [Refer Note 32.2] 1,386,477 269,703 1,386,477 269,703
Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement – Collective Impairment [Refer Note 32.2] 2,710,834 2,911,621 2,516,044 2,892,978
Direct write-offs 2,427 27,314 2,427 27,314
Investments in subsidiaries [Refer Note 35.1] 36,223 28,787
Due from subsidiaries 2,025 10,362
Total 4,099,738 3,208,638 3,943,196 3,229,144

18. Personnel Expenses

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Salary and bonus [Refer Note 18.1] 7,740,991 6,866,200 7,675,955 6,828,987
Pension Costs [Refer Note 18.1]        
Contributions to defined contribution/benefit plans – Funded schemes 1,083,341 984,213 1,078,109 980,821
Contributions to defined benefit plans – Unfunded schemes [Refer Notes 48.1 (c) and 48.2 (c)] 197,676 164,438 190,780 157,687
Equity-settled share-based payments [Refer Note 55.6] 223,330 223,330
Others [Refer Note 18.3] 1,015,412 941,472 1,012,363 935,553
Total 10,260,750 8,956,323 10,180,537 8,903,048

18.1 Salary, Bonus and Pension Costs

Salary, bonus and contributions to defined contribution/benefit plans, reported above also include amounts paid to and contribution made on behalf of Executive Directors.

18.2 Share Based Payment

The Bank has an equity-settled share based compensation plan, the details of which are given in Note 52.

18.3 Others

This includes expenses such as overtime payments, medical and hospitalisation charges, expenses incurred on staff training/recruitment and staff welfare activities, etc.

19. Depreciation and Amortisation

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated to write-off the cost of items of Property, Plant & Equipment less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, and is recognised in profit or loss. Leased assets under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives. Freehold land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of the Property, Plant & Equipment of the Bank as at December 31, 2015 are as follows:

Class of Asset Depreciation %
Per Annum
Period
Freehold and Leasehold Buildings 2.5 40 years
Motor Vehicles 20 5 years
Computer Equipment 20 5 years
Office Equipment 20 5 years
Office Interior Work 20 5 years
Furniture & Fittings 10 10 years
Machinery & Equipment 10 10 years

The above rates are compatible with the rates used by all Group entities.

The depreciation rates are determined separately for each significant part of an item of Property, Plant & Equipment and commence to depreciate when it is available for use, i.e., when it is in the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by the management. Depreciation of an asset ceases at the earlier of the date that the asset is classified as held for sale or the date that the asset is derecognised.

All classes of Property, Plant & Equipment together with the reconciliation of carrying amounts and accumulated depreciation at the beginning and at the end of the year are given in Note 37.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reassessed at each Reporting date and adjusted, if required.

Amortisation of Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are amortised using the straight-line method to write down the cost over its estimated useful economic lives, at the rates specified below:

Class of Asset Amortisation %
Per Annum
Period
Computer Software 20 5 years

The above rate is compatible with the rates used by all Group entities.

The unamortised balances of intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever there is an indication for impairment and recognised in profit or loss to the extent that they are no longer probable of being recovered from the expected future benefits.

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Depreciation of property, plant & equipment [Refer Note 37] 1,024,162 1,087,175 961,492 1,026,730
Amortisation of intangible assets [Refer Note 38] 180,558 173,373 179,370 172,874
Amortisation of leasehold property [Refer Note 39] 1,452 1,452 942 942
Total 1,206,172 1,262,000 1,141,804 1,200,546

20. Other Operating Expenses

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Directors’ emoluments [Refer Note 20.1] 31,947 30,077 26,886 27,463
Auditors’ remuneration 26,787 24,589 21,399 21,525
Audit fees and expenses 14,195 11,502 9,736 9,032
Audit related fees and expenses 6,461 7,792 5,871 7,570
Non-audit fees and expenses 6,131 5,295 5,792 4,923
Professional and legal expenses 290,184 252,438 353,256 315,388
Deposit insurance premium paid to the Central Bank of Sri Lanka 497,850 433,296 497,850 433,296
Donations, including contribution made to the CSR Trust Fund 62,533 54,583 62,533 54,583
Establishment expenses 2,036,083 1,976,178 2,112,577 2,054,074
Maintenance of property, plant & equipment 731,213 755,013 870,500 865,063
Office administration expenses 2,277,886 1,975,789 2,038,087 1,851,186
Total 5,954,483 5,501,963 5,983,088 5,622,578

20.1 Directors’ Emoluments

Directors’ emoluments represent the fees paid to both Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Group.

21. Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognised in the Income Statement, except to the extent it relates to items recognised directly in Equity or in OCI.

Current Taxation

‘Current tax’ comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted, at the Reporting date.

Accordingly, provision for taxation is made on the basis of the accounting profit for the year, as adjusted for taxation purposes, in accordance with the provisions of the Inland Revenue Act No. 10 of 2006 and amendments thereto, at the rates specified in Note 21.1. This Note also includes the major components of tax expense, the effective tax rates and a reconciliation between the profit before tax and tax expense, as required by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 12 on ‘Income Taxes’.

Provision for taxation on the overseas operation is made on the basis of the accounting profit for the year, as adjusted for taxation purposes in accordance with the provisions of the relevant statutes in those countries, using the tax rates enacted or substantively enacted, at the Reporting date.

Deferred Taxation

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:

  • temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;
  • temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and
  • taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each Reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each Reporting date and recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used.

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the Reporting date.

The measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow the manner in which the Group expects, at the Reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Additional taxes that arise from the distribution of dividends by the Group are recognised at the same time as the liability to pay the related dividend is recognised. These amounts are generally recognised in profit or loss as they generally relate to income arising from transactions that were originally recognised in profit or loss.

21.1 Entity-wise breakup of Income Tax Expense in the Income Statement is as follows:

  GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Current Year Tax Expense 5,185,218 4,484,017 5,094,780 4,424,113
Current year income tax expense of Domestic Banking Unit 3,536,032 2,964,140 3,536,032 2,964,140
Current year income tax expense of Off-shore Banking Centre 277,207 282,603 277,207 282,603
Current year income tax expense of Bangladesh Operation 1,185,736 1,169,581 1,185,736 1,169,581
Current year Income tax expense of Commercial Development Company PLC 37,882 34,884
Current year Income tax expense of ONEzero Company Ltd. 10,914 12,134
Current year Income tax expense of Serendib Finance Ltd. 41,582 12,796
Profit remittance tax of Bangladesh Operation 86,551 86,551
Withholding tax on dividends received 9,314 7,879 9,254 7,789
Prior years        
Under/(Over) Provision of taxes in respect of prior years [Refer Note 45] 1,700 10,920 1,701 11,041
Deferred Tax Expense 89,933 122,187 143,905 120,881
Effect of change in tax rates
Origination and reversal of temporary differences [Refer Note 46.1] 89,933 122,187 143,905 120,881
Total 5,276,851 4,617,124 5,240,386 4,556,035
Effective tax rate (including deferred tax)     30.57% 28.95%
Effective tax rate (excluding deferred tax)     29.73% 28.18%

The income tax for 2015 and 2014 of the Bank and its subsidiaries have been provided on the taxable income at the rates shown below:

  2015
%
2014
%
Domestic operations of the Bank 28.0 28.0
Off-shore banking operation of the Bank 28.0 28.0
Bangladesh operation of the Bank 42.5 42.5
Commercial Development Company PLC 28.0 28.0
ONEzero Company Ltd. 28.0 28.0
Serendib Finance Ltd. 28.0 28.0

21.2 Reconciliation of the Accounting Profit to Income Tax Expense

A reconciliation between taxable income and the accounting profit multiplied by the statutory tax rate is given below:

  Tax Rate GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2015
%
2014
%
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Accounting profit before tax from operations     17,136,111 15,859,917 17,143,610 15,736,216
Tax effect at the statutory income tax rate     5,186,846 4,932,962 5,160,768 4,874,034
Domestic operations of the Bank 28.0 28.0 3,888,621 3,440,752 3,888,621 3,440,752
Off-shore banking operation of the Bank 28.0 28.0 118,712 268,589 118,712 268,589
Bangladesh operation of the Bank 42.5 42.5 1,153,435 1,164,693 1,153,435 1,164,693
Subsidiaries 28.0 28.0 26,078 58,928
Tax effect of exempt income     (1,099,101) (865,453) (1,099,080) (865,453)
Tax effect of non-deductible expenses     6,864,719 5,834,186 6,626,069 5,807,179
Tax effect of deductible expenses     (5,859,214) (5,169,064) (5,684,885) (5,142,943)
Qualifying payments     (3,897) (256,493) (3,897) (256,493)
Profit remittance tax of Bangladesh operation     86,551 86,551
Under/(over) provision of taxes in respect of prior years [Refer Note 45]     1,700 10,920 1,701 11,041
Withholding tax on dividends received     9,314 7,879 9,254 7,789
Deferred tax expense [Refer Note 46.1]     89,933 122,187 143,905 120,881
Income tax expense reported in the Income Statement at the effective income tax rate     5,276,851 4,617,124 5,240,386 4,556,035

22. Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The Group computes basic and diluted EPS data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss that is attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Group/Bank by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss that is attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Group/Bank and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which comprise share options granted to employees.Details of Basic and Diluted EPS are given below:

22.1 Basic Earnings per Ordinary Share

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
Amounts used as the numerator:        
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Bank for basic earnings per ordinary share (Rs. ’000) 11,855,172 11,238,892 11,903,224 11,180,181
Number of ordinary shares used as the denominator:        
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share calculation [Refer Note 22.3] 875,962,769 872,991,038 875,962,769 872,991,038
Basic earnings per ordinary share (Rs.) 13.53 12.87 13.59 12.81

22.2 Diluted Earnings per Ordinary Share

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
Amounts used as the numerator:        
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent for diluted earnings per ordinary share (Rs. ’000) 11,855,172 11,238,892 11,903,224 11,180,181
Number of ordinary shares used as the denominator:        
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per ordinary share calculation [Refer Note 22.3] 877,372,358 876,694,190 877,372,358 876,694,190
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (Rs.) 13.51 12.82 13.57 12.75

22.3 Weighted Average Number of Ordinary Shares for Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share

  Outstanding No. of Shares Weighted average No. of Shares
  2015 2014 2015 2014
Number of shares in issue as at January 01, 865,857,675 849,079,041 865,857,675 849,079,041
Add: Number of shares satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares from final dividend for 2013 [Refer Note 51.1] 13,541,068 13,541,068
Add: Number of shares satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares from final dividend for 2014 [Refer Note 51.1] 8,838,513 8,838,513 8,838,513
  874,696,188 862,620,109 874,696,188 871,458,622
Add: Number of shares issued under Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP) 2008 2,170,613 3,237,566 1,266,581 1,532,416
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per ordinary share calculation 876,866,801 865,857,675 875,962,769 872,991,038
Add: Bonus element on number of outstanding options under ESOP 2008 as at the year-end 1,409,589 3,703,152
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per ordinary share calculation(*) 876,866,801 865,857,675 877,372,358 876,694,190

(*) The market value of the Bank’s shares for the purpose of calculating the dilutive effect of share options has been based on the excess of quoted market price as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 over the offer price.

23. Dividends

  GROUP BANK
  2015
Second Interim
Rs. 1.00 Per share for
2014 (Paid on
February 05, 2015)
Rs. ’000
2014
Second Interim
Rs. 1.00 Per share for
2013 (Paid on
January 27, 2014)
Rs. ’000
2015
Second Interim
Rs. 1.00 Per share for
2014 (Paid on
February 05, 2015)
Rs. ’000
2014
Second Interim
Rs. 1.00 Per share for
2013 (Paid on
January 27, 2014)
Rs. ’000
On Ordinary Shares        
Net dividend paid to the ordinary shareholders out of normal profits 783,258 768,553 783,258 768,553
Withholding tax deducted at source 82,685 80,595 82,685 80,595
Gross ordinary dividend paid 865,943 849,148 865,943 849,148

 

  First Interim
Rs. 1.50 Per share for
2015 (Paid on
December 18, 2015)
Rs. ’000
First Interim
Rs. 1.50 Per share for
2014 (Paid on
November 21, 2014)
Rs. ’000
First Interim
Rs. 1.50 Per share for
2015 (Paid on
December 18, 2015)
Rs. ’000
First Interim
Rs. 1.50 Per share for
2014 (Paid on
November 21, 2014)
Rs. ’000
On Ordinary Shares        
Net dividend paid to the ordinary shareholders out of normal profits 1,189,367 1,174,561 1,189,367 1,174,561
Withholding tax deducted at source 125,884 123,593 125,884 123,593
Gross ordinary dividend paid 1,315,251 1,298,154 1,315,251 1,298,154
Total gross ordinary dividend paid 2,181,194 2,147,302 2,181,194 2,147,302

The Board of Directors of the Bank has recommended the payment of a final dividend of Rs.5.00 per share which consist of a cash dividend of Rs. 3.00 per share and the balance entitlement of Rs.2.00 per share will be satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares for both voting and non-voting ordinary shareholders of the Bank for the year ended December 31, 2015 (Bank declared a final dividend of Rs. 4.00 per share in 2014 and this was satisfied by way of Rs. 2.00 per share in the form of cash and Rs. 2.00 per share in the form of shares). The total dividend recommended by the Board is to be approved at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting to be held on March 31, 2016. In accordance with provisions of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard No.10 on ‘Events after the Reporting Period’. The proposed final dividend has not been recognised as a liability as at the year end. Final dividend payable for the year 2015 has been estimated at Rs. 4,384.334 Mn. (Actual final dividend for 2014 amounted to Rs. 3,466.221 Mn. due to exercise of options under ESOPs).

Accordingly, the dividend per ordinary share (for both voting and non-voting) for the year 2015 would be Rs. 6.50 (2014 – Rs. 6.50).

24. Classification of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

The tables below provide a reconciliation between the line items in the Statement of Financial Position and categories of financial assets and financial liabilities of the Group and the Bank.

24.1 Classification of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Group

24.1 (a) Group
As at December 31, 2015 Note Held for Trading
(HFT)
Rs. ’000
Held-to-Maturity
(HTM)
Rs. ’000
Loans and
Receivables
Rs. ’000
Available-
for-Sale (AFS)
Rs. ’000
Other Amortised
Rs. ’000
Cost
Total

Rs. ’000
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,107,076 20,107,076
Balances with Central Banks 27 28,221,017 28,221,017
Placements with banks 28 17,193,539 17,193,539
Securities purchased under resale agreements   8,002,100 8,002,100
Derivative financial assets 29 4,118,169 4,118,169
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 7,656,349 7,656,349
Loans and receivables to banks 31 601,106 601,106
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 509,923,128 509,923,128
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 204,261,934 204,261,934
Financial investments – Loans and receivables 34 57,724,369 57,724,369
Total financial assets   11,774,518 641,772,335 204,261,934 857,808,787
               
Financial Liabilities              
Due to banks 41 31,789,396 31,789,396
Derivative financial liabilities 42 1,890,770 1,890,770
Securities sold under repurchase agreements   112,249,703 112,249,703
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 43 624,021,217 624,021,217
Other borrowings 44 9,985,637 9,985,637
Subordinated liabilities 50 11,988,272 11,988,272
Total financial liabilities   1,890,770 790,034,225 791,924,995
24.1 (b) Group
As at December 31, 2015 Note Held for Trading
(HFT)
Rs. ’000
Held-to-Maturity
(HTM)
Rs. ’000
Loans and
Receivables
Rs. ’000
Available-
for-Sale (AFS)
Rs. ’000
Other Amortised
Rs. ’000
Cost
Total

Rs. ’000
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,621,778 20,621,778
Balances with Central Banks 27 19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements with banks 28 14,507,861 14,507,861
Securities purchased under resale agreements   41,198,266 41,198,266
Derivative financial assets 29 459,510 459,510
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,326,636 6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 406,531,089 406,531,089
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 214,225,017 214,225,017
Financial investments – Loans and receivables 34 50,436,064 50,436,064
Total financial assets   6,786,146 553,479,870 214,225,017 774,491,033
               
Financial Liabilities              
Due to banks 41 25,669,025 25,669,025
Derivative financial liabilities 42 1,193,139 1,193,139
Securities sold under repurchase agreements   124,391,042 124,391,042
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 43 529,266,588 529,266,588
Other borrowings 44 11,636,583 11,636,583
Subordinated liabilities 50 11,262,573 11,262,573
Total financial liabilities   1,193,139 702,225,811 703,418,950

24.2 Classification of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Bank

The tables below provide a reconciliation between line items in the Statement of Financial Position and categories of financial assets and financial liabilities of the Bank.

24.2 (a) Bank
As at December 31, 2015 Note Held-for-Trading
(HFT)
Rs. ’000
Held-to-Maturity
(HTM)
Rs. ’000
Loans and
Receivables
Available-
for-Sale (AFS)
Rs. ’000
Other Amortised
Cost
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,043,512 20,043,512
Balances with Central Banks 27 28,221,017 28,221,017
Placements with banks 28 17,193,539 17,193,539
Securities purchased under resale agreements   8,002,100 8,002,100
Derivative financial assets 29 4,118,169 4,118,169
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 7,656,349 7,656,349
Loans and receivables to banks 31 601,106 601,106
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 508,115,127 508,115,127
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 204,244,289 204,244,289
Financial investments – Loans and receivables 34 57,724,369 57,724,369
Total financial assets   11,774,518 639,900,770 204,244,289 855,919,577
               
Financial Liabilities              
Due to banks 41 30,319,119 30,319,119
Derivative financial liabilities 42 1,890,770 1,890,770
Securities sold under repurchase agreements   112,384,812 112,384,812
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 43 624,101,810 624,101,810
Other borrowings 44 9,985,637 9,985,637
Subordinated liabilities 50 11,973,272 11,973,272
Total financial liabilities   1,890,770 788,764,650 790,655,420
24.2 (b) Bank
As at December 31, 2015 Note Held-for-Trading
(HFT)
Rs. ’000
Held-to-Maturity
(HTM)
Rs. ’000
Loans and
Receivables
Available-
for-Sale (AFS)
Rs. ’000
Other Amortised
Cost
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with Central Banks 27 19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements with banks 28 14,507,861 14,507,861
Securities purchased under resale agreements   41,198,266 41,198,266
Derivative financial assets 29 459,510 459,510
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,326,636 6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 405,431,457 405,431,457
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 214,208,370 214,208,370
Financial investments – Loans and Receivables 34 50,436,064 50,436,064
Total financial assets   6,786,146 552,350,327 214,208,370 773,344,843
               
Financial Liabilities              
Due to banks 41 25,260,976 25,260,976
Derivative financial liabilities 42 1,193,139 1,193,139
Securities sold under repurchase agreements   124,564,499 124,564,499
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 43 529,361,484 529,361,484
Other borrowings 44 11,636,583 11,636,583
Subordinated liabilities 50 11,044,775 11,044,775
Total financial liabilities   1,193,139 701,868,317 703,061,456

25. Fair Value Measurement

The Group measures the fair value using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurement. An analysis of fair value measurement of financial and non-financial assets and liabilities is provided below.

Level 1

Inputs that are unadjusted quoted market prices in an active market for identical instruments.

When available, the Group measures the fair value of an instrument using active quoted prices or dealer price quotations (assets and long positions are measured at a bid price; liabilities and short positions are measured at an ask price), without any deduction for transaction costs. A market is regarded as active if transactions for asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2

Inputs other than quoted prices included within level that are observable either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) This category includes instruments valued using;

  1. quoted market in active markets for similar instruments,
  2. quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are considered to be less active, or
  3. other valuation techniques in which almost all significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable from market data.

Level 3

Inputs that are unobservable,This category includes all instruments for which the valuation technique includes inputs not based on observable data and the unobservable inputs have a significant effect on the instrument’s value.

Valuation techniques include net present value and discounted cash flow models comparison with similar instruments for which observable market prices exist, option pricing models and other valuation models.

Assumptions and inputs used in valuation techniques include risk-free and benchmark interest rates, risk premiums in estimating discount rates, bond and equity prices, foreign exchange rates, expected price volatilities and corrections.

Observable prices or model inputs such as market interest rates are usually available in the market for listed equity securities and government securities such as treasury bills and bonds. Availability of observable prices and model inputs reduces the need for management judgement and estimation while reducing uncertainty associated in determining the fair values.

Models are adjusted to reflect the spread for bid and ask prices to reflect costs to close out positions, credit and debit valuation adjustments, liquidity spread and limitations in the models. Also, profit or loss calculated when such financial instruments are first recorded (‘Day 1’ profit or loss) is deferred and recognised only when the inputs become observable or on derecognition of the instrument.

25.1 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value and Fair Value Hierarchy

The following table provides an analysis of assets and liabilities measured at fair value as at the Reporting date, by the level in the fair value hierarchy into which the fair value measurement is categorised. These amounts were based on the values recognised in the Statement of Financial Position.

    GROUP BANK
  Note Level 1
Rs. ’000
Level 2
Rs. ’000
Level 3
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
Level 1
Rs. ’000
Level 2
Rs. ’000
Level 3
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
As at December 31, 2015                  
Non-Financial Assets                  
Property, plant & equipment                  
Land and buildings 37.1 & 37.3 7,560,640 7,560,640 7,331,511 7,331,511
Total non-financial assets at fair value   7,560,640 7,560,640 7,331,511 7,331,511
Financial Assets                  
Derivative financial assets 29                
Currency swaps   3,328,679 3,328,679 3,328,679 3,328,679
Forward contracts   786,794 786,794 786,794 786,794
Spot contracts   2,696 2,696 2,696 2,696
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30                
Government securities   7,330,086 7,330,086 7,330,086 7,330,086
Equity shares   326,263 326,263 326,263 326,263
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33              
Government securities   203,774,930 203,774,930 203,757,409 203,757,409
Equity securities(*)   234,839 46,611 281,450 234,839 46,487 281,326
Investment in unit trust   205,554 205,554 205,554 205,554
Total financial assets at fair value   211,666,118 4,323,723 46,611 216,036,452 211,648,597 4,323,723 46,487 216,018,807
Total assets at fair value   211,666,118 4,323,723 7,607,251 223,597,092 211,648,597 4,323,723 7,377,998 223,350,318
Financial Liabilities                  
Derivative financial liabilities 41                
Currency swaps   791,199 791,199 791,199 791,199
Forward contracts   1,098,002 1,098,002 1,098,002 1,098,002
Spot contracts   1,569 1,569 1,569 1,569
Total liabilities at fair value   1,890,770 1,890,770 1,890,770 1,890,770

 

    GROUP BANK
  Note Level 1
Rs. ’000
Level 2
Rs. ’000
Level 3
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
Level 1
Rs. ’000
Level 2
Rs. ’000
Level 3
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
As at December 31, 2014                  
Non-Financial Assets                  
Property, plant & equipment                  
Land and buildings 37.1 & 37.3 7,432,625 7,432,625 7,255,625 7,255,625
Total non financial assets at fair value   7,432,625 7,432,625 7,255,625 7,255,625
Financial Assets                  
Derivative financial assets 29                
Currency swaps   222,533 222,533 222,533 222,533
Forward contracts   233,300 233,300 233,300 233,300
Spot contracts   3,677 3,677 3,677 3,677
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30                
Government securities   5,958,904 5,958,904 5,958,904 5,958,904
Equity shares   367,732 367,732 367,732 367,732
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33                
Government securities   213,381,263 213,381,263 213,364,740 213,364,740
Equity securities(*)   185,132 45,181 230,313 185,132 45,057 230,189
Investment in unit trust   613,441 613,441 613,441 613,441
Total financial assets at fair value   219,893,031 1,072,951 45,181 221,011,163 219,876,508 1,072,951 45,057 220,994,516
Total assets at fair value   219,893,031 1,072,951 7,477,806 228,443,788 219,876,508 1,072,951 7,300,682 228,250,141
Financial Liabilities                  
Derivative financial liabilities 42                
Currency swaps   823,596 823,596 823,596 823,596
Forward contracts   368,886 368,886 368,886 368,886
Spot contracts   657 657 657 657
Total liabilities at fair value   1,193,139 1,193,139 1,193,139 1,193,139

(*) Value of unquoted shares of Rs. 46.611 Mn. in Group and Rs. 46.487 Mn. in Bank as at end of the year 2015 (Rs. 45.181 Mn. in Group and Rs. 45.057 Mn. in Bank as at end 2014 ) categorised under Financial investments – Available-for-sale whose fair value cannot be reliably measured is stated at cost in the Statement of Financial Position as permitted by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.

25.2 Note 37.5 (b) provides information on significant unobservable inputs used as at December 31, 2015 in measuring fair value of land and buildings categorised as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Reconciliation of Revaluation Reserve pertaining to land and buildings categorised as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy is found in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

25.3 Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value and Fair Value Hierarchy

Methodologies and assumptions used to determine fair value of financial instruments which are not already recorded at fair value in the Statement of Financial Position are as follows.

Fixed Rate Financial Instruments

The fair value of fixed rate financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost (eg. fixed rate loans and receivables, due to other customers, subordinate liabilities) are estimated based on the Discounted Cash Flow approach. This approach employs the current market interest rates of similar financial instruments as a significant unobservable input in measuring the fair value and hence it is categorised under Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Sensitivity of Significant Unobservable Inputs used to Measure Fair Value of Fixed Rate Financial Instruments.

A significant increase/(decrease) in the market interest rate would result in lower/(higher) fair value being disclosed.

Assets for which Fair Value Approximates Carrying Value

For financial assets and liabilities with short term maturities or with short term re-pricing intervals, it is assumed that the carrying amounts approximate to their fair value. This assumption is also applied to demand deposits and savings deposits which do not have a specific maturity.

The following table sets out the fair values of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value and related fair value hierarchy:

    GROUP BANK
  Note Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair
Values
Total Carrying
Amount
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair
Values
Total Carrying
Amount
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
As at December 31, 2015                      
Financial Assets                      
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,107,076 20,107,076 20,107,076 20,043,512 20,043,512 20,043,512
Securities purchased under resale agreements   8,002,100 8,002,100 8,002,100 8,002,100 8,002,100 8,002,100
Loans and receivables to banks 31 601,106 601,106 601,106 601,106 601,106 601,106
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 511,056,767 511,056,767 509,923,128 509,248,766 509,248,766 508,115,127
Total financial assets not at fair value   28,710,282 511,056,767 539,767,049 538,633,410 28,646,718 509,248,766 537,895,484 536,761,845
Financial Liabilities                      
Due to banks 41 31,789,396 31,789,396 31,789,396 30,319,119 30,319,119 30,319,119
Securities sold under repurchase agreements   112,249,703 112,249,703 112,249,703 112,384,812 112,384,812 112,384,812
Due to other customers/ Deposits from customers 43 624,570,898 624,570,898 624,021,217 624,651,491 624,651,491 624,101,810
Subordinated liabilities 50 12,019,342 12,019,342 11,988,272 12,004,342 12,004,342 11,973,272
Total financial liabilities not at fair value   144,039,099 636,590,240 780,629,339 780,048,588 142,703,931 636,655,833 779,359,764 778,779,013

 

    GROUP BANK
    Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair
Values
Total Carrying
Amount
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair
Values
Total Carrying
Amount
  Note Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
As at December 31, 2014                      
Financial Assets                      
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,621,778 20,621,778 20,621,778 20,591,867 20,591,867 20,591,867
Securities purchased under resale agreements   41,198,266 41,198,266 41,198,266 41,198,266 41,198,266 41,198,266
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066 551,066 551,066 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 409,025,048 409,025,048 406,531,089 407,925,416 407,925,416 405,431,457
Total financial assets not at fair value   62,371,110 409,025,048 471,396,158 468,902,199 62,341,199 407,925,416 470,266,615 467,772,656
Financial Liabilities                      
Due to banks 41 25,669,025 25,669,025 25,669,025 25,260,976 25,260,976 25,260,976
Securities sold under repurchase agreements   124,391,042 124,391,042 124,391,042 124,564,499 124,564,499 124,564,499
Due to other customers/ Deposits from customers 43 531,209,832 531,209,832 529,266,588 531,304,728 531,304,728 529,361,484
Subordinated liabilities 50 11,347,778 11,347,778 11,262,573 11,129,980 11,129,980 11,044,775
Total financial liabilities not at fair value   150,060,067 542,557,610 692,617,677 690,589,228 149,825,475 542,434,708 692,260,183 690,231,734

25.4 Valuation Techniques and Inputs in Measuring Fair Values

Table below provides information on the valuation techniques and inputs used in measuring the fair values of Derivative financial assets and liabilities in the Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as given in Note 25.1 above.

Type of Financial Instruments Fair Value as at
December 31, 2015
(Rs. ’000)
Valuation Technique Significant Valuation inputs
Derivative Financial Assets 4,118,169 Adjusted Forward Rate Approach This approach considers the present value of projected forward exchange rate as at the Reporting date as the fair value. The said forward rate is projected based on the spot exchange rate and the forward premium/discount calculated using extrapolated interest rates of the currency pairs under consideration. In computing the present value, interest rate differential between two currencies under consideration is used as the discount rate.
  • Spot exchange rate
Derivative Financial Liabilities 1,890,770
  • Interest rate differentials between currencies under consideration

26. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, placements with banks and loans at call and at short notice that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in their fair value and are used by the Group in the management of its short term commitments. They are brought to Financial Statements at their face values or the gross values, where appropriate. There were no cash and cash equivalents held by the Group Companies that were not available for use by the Group.

Cash and cash equivalents are carried at amortised cost in the Statement of Financial Position.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Cash in hand 15,931,941 13,673,620 15,873,479 13,648,510
Coins and notes held in local currency 14,035,800 12,232,921 14,031,376 12,222,065
Coins and notes held in foreign currency 1,896,141 1,440,699 1,842,103 1,426,445
Balances with banks 2,705,999 5,948,158 2,700,897 5,943,357
Local banks 5,102 4,801
Foreign banks 2,700,897 5,943,357 2,700,897 5,943,357
Money at call and at short notice 1,469,136 1,000,000 1,469,136 1,000,000
Total 20,107,076 20,621,778 20,043,512 20,591,867

The maturity analysis of Cash and Cash Equivalents is given in Note 60.

27. Balances with Central Banks

Balances with Central Banks are carried at amortised cost in the Statement of Financial Position.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Statutory balances with Central Banks [Refer Note 27.1] 22,820,127 19,633,746 22,820,127 19,633,746
Non-statutory balances with Central Banks [Refer Note 27.2] 5,400,890 5,400,890
Total 28,221,017 19,633,746 28,221,017 19,633,746

27.1 Statutory Balances with Central Banks

The Monetary Law Act requires that all commercial banks operating in Sri Lanka to maintain a statutory reserve on all deposit liabilities denominated in Sri Lankan Rupees. The Bank’s Bangladesh operation is required to maintain the statutory liquidity requirement on time and demand liabilities (both local and foreign currencies), partly in the form of a Cash Reserve Requirement and the balance by way of foreign currency and/or in the form of unencumbered securities held with the Bangladesh Bank.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Central Bank of Sri Lanka 20,075,130 17,433,858 20,075,130 17,433,858
Bangladesh Bank 2,744,997 2,199,888 2,744,997 2,199,888
Total 22,820,127 19,633,746 22,820,127 19,633,746

As required by the provisions of Section 93 of the Monetary Law Act, a cash balance is maintained with the Central Bank of Sri Lanka. As at December 31, 2015, the minimum cash reserve requirement was 7.50% of the rupee deposit liabilities (6.00% in 2014). There is no reserve requirement for foreign currency deposits liabilities of the Domestic Banking Unit and the deposit liabilities of the Off-shore Banking Centre (OBC) in Sri Lanka.

As per the Bangladesh Bank regulations, the statutory liquidity requirement as at December 31, 2015 was 19.50% (19.50% in 2014) on time and demand liabilities (both local and foreign currencies), which includes a 6.50% (6.50% in 2014) cash reserve requirement and the balance 13.00% (13.00% in 2014) is permitted to be maintained in foreign currency and/or also in unencumbered securities held with the Bangladesh Bank.

27.2 Non-Statutory Balances with Central Banks

As per the circulars 35/01/005/006/33 and 34/01/005/006/07 issued by the Domestic Operations Department of Central Bank of Sri Lanka, the ‘Standing Repurchase (Repo)’ facility was replaced by the ‘Standing Deposit Facility (SDF)’ for open market operations. This facility is available on an overnight basis and interest component on the deposit has been computed at the Standing Deposit Facility Rate (SDFR) of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka for the duration of the respective deposit held.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Central Bank of Sri Lanka (*) 5,400,890 5,400,890
Bangladesh Bank
Total 5,400,890 5,400,890

(*) The Group had the above balance on a Standing Deposit Facility as at the Reporting date.

The maturity analysis of Balances with Central Banks is given in Note 60.

28. Placements with Banks

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Placements – within Sri Lanka 5,516,273 6,783,931 5,516,273 6,783,931
Placements – outside Sri Lanka 11,677,266 7,723,930 11,677,266 7,723,930
Total 17,193,539 14,507,861 17,193,539 14,507,861

The maturity analysis of Placements with Banks is given in Note 60.

29. Derivative Financial Assets

The Bank uses derivatives such as interest rate swaps, foreign currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts, etc. Derivatives are recorded at fair value and carried as assets when their fair value is positive. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are included in ‘Net Gains/(Losses) from Trading’ (under customers) in the Income Statement.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments are treated as separate derivatives and recorded at fair value if their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract, and the host contract is not itself held for trading or designated at fair value through profit or loss. The embedded derivatives separated from the host are carried at fair value in the trading portfolio with changes in fair value recognised in the profit or loss.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Foreign currency derivatives        
Currency swaps 3,328,679 222,533 3,328,679 222,533
Forward contracts 786,794 233,300 786,794 233,300
Spot contracts 2,696 3,677 2,696 3,677
Total 4,118,169 459,510 4,118,169 459,510

The maturity analysis of Derivative Financial Assets is given in Note 60.

30. Other Financial Instruments - Held-for-Trading

Financial assets are classified as held-for-trading if;

they are acquired principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term; or

they hold as a part of a portfolio that is managed together for short-term profit or position taking; or

they form part of derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.

Financial assets held-for-trading are recorded in the Statement of Financial Position at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognised in profit or loss. Interest and dividend income are recorded in ‘Interest Income’ and ‘Net Gains/(Losses) from Trading’ respectively in the Income Statement according to the terms of the contract, or when the right to receive the payment has been established.

The Group evaluates its financial assets held-for-trading, other than derivatives, to determine whether the intention to sell them in the near term is still appropriate. When the Group is unable to trade these financial assets due to inactive markets and Management’s intention to sell them in the foreseeable future significantly changes, the Group may elect to reclassify these financial assets in rare circumstances.

Financial assets held-for-trading include instruments such as Government and other debt securities and equity instruments that have been acquired principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term and derivatives, including separated embedded derivatives explained below unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Government securities [Refer Note 30.1] 7,330,086 5,958,904 7,330,086 5,958,904
Equity securities [Refer Note 30.2] 326,263 367,732 326,263 367,732
Total 7,656,349 6,326,636 7,656,349 6,326,636

30.1 Government Securities

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
2015
Rs. ’000
2014
Rs. ’000
Treasury Bills 1,552,531 4,224,163 1,552,531 4,224,163
Treasury Bonds 5,777,555 1,734,741 5,777,555 1,734,741
Total Government Securities 7,330,086 5,958,904 7,330,086 5,958,904

The maturity analysis of Other Financial Instruments held-for-trading is given in Note 60.

30.2 Equity Securities – Group and Bank

  As at December 31, 2015 As at December 31, 2014
Sector/Name of the Company No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market Value Cost of the
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of the
Investment
    Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000   Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Bank, Finance and Insurance                
Central Finance Company PLC 94,930 253.00 24,017 18,937 94,930 250.00 23,733 18,937
Citizen Development Bank PLC (Non-voting) 101,965 80.00 8,157 3,398 101,965 74.00 7,545 3,398
Hatton National Bank PLC 82 210.60 17 12 82 194.90 16 12
Lanka Ventures PLC 100,000 43.50 4,350 3,033 100,000 46.90 4,690 3,033
Sampath Bank PLC 25,655 248.00 6,362 4,298 25,000 236.30 5,908 4,298
Sub total     42,903 29,678     41,892 29,678
                 
Beverage, Food and Tobacco                
COCO Lanka PLC (Non-voting) 1,000 23.90 24 15 1,000 23.90 24 15
Distilleries Company of Sri Lanka PLC 181,490 246.00 44,647 28,968 181,490 210.00 38,113 28,968
Lanka Milk Foods (CWE) PLC 250,000 135.00 33,750 27,866 250,000 120.40 30,100 27,866
COCO Lanka PLC 402,000 26.70 10,733 7,062
Sub total     78,421 56,849     78,970 63,911
                 
Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals                
Chemical Industries Colombo Holding PLC (Non-voting) 161,400 81.20 13,106 11,692 161,400 66.40 10,717 11,692
Haycarb PLC 107,100 164.90 17,661 15,914 107,100 173.00 18,528 15,914
Sub total     30,767 27,606     29,245 27,606
                 
Construction and Engineering                
Colombo Dockyard PLC 75,000 150.10 11,258 16,685 75,000 193.00 14,475 16,685
Sub total     11,258 16,685     14,475 16,685
                 
Diversified Holdings                
Hemas Holdings PLC 60 92.90 6 2 60 74.30 4 2
John Keells Holdings PLC 114,285 178.10 20,354 20,527
Sub total     20,360 20,529     4 2
                 
Health Care                
Ceylon Hospitals PLC 121,900 101.20 12,336 12,868 121,900 117.40 14,311 12,868
Ceylon Hospitals PLC (Non-voting) 61,100 75.00 4,583 4,423 61,100 80.00 4,888 4,423
Sub total     16,919 17,291     19,199 17,291
                 
Hotels and Travels                
John Keells Hotels PLC 267,608 15.40 4,121 3,473 267,608 17.00 4,549 3,473
Taj Lanka Hotels PLC 212,390 25.30 5,373 6,625 212,390 34.40 7,306 6,625
Sub total     9,494 10,098     11,855 10,098

 

  As at December 31, 2015 As at December 31, 2014
Sector/Name of the Company No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of the
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of the
Investment
    Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000   Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Investment Trusts                
Renuka Holdings PLC 117,158 26.90 3,152 3,180 117,158 31.50 3,690 3,180
Renuka Holdings PLC (Non-voting) 265,368 22.80 6,050 4,958 265,368 23.50 6,236 4,958
Sub total     9,202 8,138     9,926 8,138
                 
Land and Property                
Overseas Reality Ceylon PLC 183,320 23.20 4,253 2,716 174,000 26.30 4,576 2,512
CT Land Development PLC 15,000 50.00 750 531
Sub total     5,003 3,247     4,576 2,512
                 
Manufacturing                
ACL Cables PLC 171,516 120.90 20,736 14,096 171,516 76.40 13,104 14,096
Dipped Products PLC 200,000 110.00 22,000 24,239 200,000 143.00 28,600 24,239
Lanka Walltile PLC 60 109.80 7 5 60 97.30 6 5
Pelwatte Sugar Industries PLC 12,300 0.10 1 351 12,300 0.10 1 351
Royal Ceramics Lanka PLC 155,927 111.20 17,339 18,057 264,896 116.90 30,966 30,676
Tokyo Cement Company (Lanka) PLC (Non-voting) 140,055 46.90 6,569 3,407
Sub total     60,083 56,748     79,246 72,774
                 
Plantations                
Kotagala Plantations PLC 201,750 17.80 3,591 9,172 201,750 31.60 6,375 9,172
Sub total     3,591 9,172     6,375 9,172
                 
Power and Energy                
Hemas Power PLC 106,249 25.00 2,656 2,053 600,000 18.10 10,860 11,591
Lanka IOC PLC 685,984 37.10 25,450 15,013 685,984 60.00 41,159 15,013
Sub total     28,106 17,066     52,019 26,604
                 
Telecommunications                
Dialog Axiata PLC 949,172 10.70 10,156 6,300 1,500,000 13.30 19,950 9,956
Sub total     10,156 6,300     19,950 9,956
Total     326,263 279,407     367,732 294,427
Mark to market gains/(losses) for the year       46,856       73,305
Market value of equity securities       326,263       367,732

30.3 Industry/Sector Composition of Equity Securities – Group and Bank

  As at December 31, 2015 As at December 31, 2014
Industry/Sector Market
Value
Cost of the
Investment
  Market
Value
Cost of the
Investment
 
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 % Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 %
Bank, Finance and Insurance 42,903 29,678 13.15 41,892 29,678 11.39
Beverage, Food and Tobacco 78,421 56,849 24.04 78,970 63,911 21.47
Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals 30,767 27,606 9.43 29,245 27,606 7.95
Construction and Engineering 11,258 16,685 3.45 14,475 16,685 3.94
Diversified Holdings 20,360 20,529 6.24 4 2
Health Care 16,919 17,291 5.19 19,199 17,291 5.22
Hotels and Travels 9,494 10,098 2.91 11,855 10,098 3.22
Investment Trusts 9,202 8,138 2.82 9,926 8,138 2.70
Land and Property 5,003 3,247 1.53 4,576 2,512 1.25
Manufacturing 60,083 56,748 18.42 79,246 72,774 21.55
Plantations 3,591 9,172 1.10 6,375 9,172 1.73
Power and Energy 28,106 17,066 8.61 52,019 26,604 14.15
Telecommunications 10,156 6,300 3.11 19,950 9,956 5.43
Sub total 326,263 279,407 100.00 367,732 294,427 100.00
Mark to market gains/(losses) for the year   46,856     73,305  
Market Value of equity securities 326,263 326,263 100.00 367,732 367,732 100.00

31. Loans and Receivables to Banks

‘Loans and receivables to banks’ comprised of non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, other than:

  • those that the Group intends to sell immediately or in the near term and those that the Group, upon initial recognition, designates as at fair value through profit or loss.
  • those that the Group, upon initial recognition, designates as available-for-sale.
  • those for which the Group may not recover substantially all of its initial investment, other than because of credit deterioration.

‘Loans and receivables to banks’ include Amounts due from banks. After initial measurement, ‘Loans and receivables to banks and other customers’ are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR, less provision for impairment, except when the Group designates loans and receivables at fair value through profit or loss. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees and costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The amortisation is included in ‘Interest Income’ while the losses arising from impairment are recognised in ‘Impairment charges for loans and other losses’ in the Income Statement.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Gross loans and receivables 601,106 551,066 601,106 551,066
Less: Provision for impairment
Net loans and receivables 601,106 551,066 601,106 551,066

The Bank did not make any payments to counter party banks for the oil hedging transactions with effect from June 02, 2009 in response to a Directive received from the Exchange Controller of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka. Consequently, one of the counter party banks appropriated US$ 4.170 Mn. (Rs. 601.106 Mn.) which has been kept as a deposit with them. This action has been contested by the Bank. In view of the stance taken by the Bank in this regard, both the deposit (made by the Bank) and amount due to the said counter party bank, have been recorded in the Statement of Financial Position.

31. 1 (a) By Currency
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
United States Dollar 601,106 551,066 601,106 551,066
Sub total 601,106 551,066 601,106 551,066

The maturity analysis of Loans and Receivable to Banks is given in Note 60.

32. Loans and Receivables to Other Customers

‘Loans and receivables to other customers’ comprised of non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, other than:

  • those that the Group intends to sell immediately or in the near term and those that the Group, upon initial recognition, designates as at fair value through profit or loss
  • those that the Group, upon initial recognition, designates as available-for-sale
  • those for which the Group may not recover substantially all of its initial investment, other than because of credit deterioration.

‘Loans and receivables to other customers’ include, Loans & Advances and Lease Receivables of the Group.

When the Group is the lessor in a lease agreement that transfers substantially all risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset to the lessee, the arrangement is classified as a finance lease. Amounts receivable under finance leases net of initial rentals received, unearned lease income and provision for impairment are classified as lease receivable and are presented within ‘Loans and receivables to customers’ in the Statement of Financial Position.

After initial measurement, ‘Loans and receivables to other customers’ are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR, less provision for impairment except when the Group designates loans and receivables at fair value through profit or loss. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees and costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The amortisation is included in ‘Interest Income’ while the losses arising from impairment are recognised in ‘Impairment charges for loans and other losses’ in the Income Statement.

The Bank may enter into certain lending commitments where the loan, on drawdown, is expected to be classified as held for trading because the intent is to sell the loans in the short term. These commitments to lend, if any, are recorded as derivatives and measured at fair value through profit or loss. Where the loan, on drawdown, is expected to be retained by the Bank and not sold in the short term, the commitment is recorded only when it is an onerous contract that is likely to give rise to a loss.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Gross loans and receivables 528,382,921 423,701,112 526,166,681 422,388,031
Less:Provision for individual impairment [Refer Note 32.2] 5,369,960 4,334,587 5,369,960 4,334,587
Provision for collective impairment [Refer Note 32.2] 13,089,833 12,835,436 12,681,594 12,621,987
Net loans and receivables 509,923,128 406,531,089 508,115,127 405,431,457

The maturity analysis of Loans and Receivables to Other Customers is given in Note 60.

32.1 Analysis

32.1 (a) By product
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Loans and receivables        
Overdrafts 81,493,071 70,149,877 81,966,028 70,149,877
Trade finance 45,805,983 41,964,999 45,805,983 41,964,999
Lease/hire purchase receivable [Refer Note 32.3] 37,292,636 24,814,178 34,472,653 23,068,581
Credit cards 4,830,429 4,221,367 4,830,429 4,221,367
Pawning 1,870,881 2,315,884 1,870,881 2,315,884
Staff loans 6,117,701 5,023,379 6,115,662 5,022,923
Housing loans 40,327,887 31,402,858 40,327,887 31,402,858
Personal loans 26,290,382 21,943,589 26,270,744 21,943,016
Term loans        
Short term 44,044,255 31,387,867 44,044,255 31,974,667
Long term 224,519,934 178,538,532 224,672,397 178,385,277
Loans granted from Investment Fund Account (IFA) [Refer Note 32.4] 4,435,479 4,554,420 4,435,479 4,554,420
Bills of exchange 11,354,283 7,384,162 11,354,283 7,384,162
Sub total 528,382,921 423,701,112 526,166,681 422,388,031
32.1 (b) By currency
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Sri Lanka Rupee 425,498,965 337,141,743 423,282,725 335,828,662
United States Dollar 68,414,361 48,651,875 68,414,361 48,651,875
Great Britain Pound 731,487 680,447 731,487 680,447
Euro 1,017,634 1,084,399 1,017,634 1,084,399
Australia Dollar 149,680 148,430 149,680 148,430
Japanese Yen 112,514 159,781 112,514 159,781
Singapore Dollar 350 350
Bangladesh Taka 32,449,851 35,829,684 32,449,851 35,829,684
Others 8,429 4,403 8,429 4,403
Sub total 528,382,921 423,701,112 526,166,681 422,388,031
32.1 (c) By Industry
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Agriculture and fishing 45,842,559 45,451,951 45,667,263 45,306,783
Manufacturing 73,304,224 54,799,178 73,282,037 54,799,178
Tourism 33,696,456 18,306,599 33,644,481 18,273,643
Transport 16,684,942 13,294,127 16,592,979 13,241,354
Construction 61,665,875 42,546,071 61,602,932 42,525,815
Trading 78,254,327 62,280,308 77,628,493 62,017,576
New economy (e-Commerce, IT, etc.) 14,226,759 6,533,193 14,226,759 6,533,193
Financial and business services 43,466,286 28,627,011 44,264,897 29,205,088
Infrastructure 19,128,131 15,729,998 19,128,131 15,729,998
Other services (Education, Health, Media, etc.) 51,057,181 40,676,423 50,305,657 40,424,390
Other customers 91,056,181 95,456,253 89,823,052 94,331,013
Sub total 528,382,921 423,701,112 526,166,681 422,388,031

Sectoral Classification of Loans & Advances - Bank

32.2 Movement in Provision for Individual and Collective Impairment during the Year

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Movement in Provision for Individual Impairment        
Balance as at January 01, 4,334,587 4,204,654 4,334,587 4,204,654
Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement [Refer Note 17] 1,386,477 269,703 1,386,477 269,703
Net write-off/(recoveries) during the year (490,046) (283,111) (490,046) (283,111)
Exchange rate variance on foreign currency provisions 90,680 6,765 90,680 6,765
Interest accrued/(reversals) on impaired loans and advances (265,344) (278,878) (265,344) (278,878)
Other movements 313,606 415,454 313,606 415,454
Balance as at December 31, 5,369,960 4,334,587 5,369,960 4,334,587
Movement in Provision for Collective Impairment        
Balance as at January 01, 12,835,436 11,582,515 12,621,987 11,582,514
Balance assumed on business combination 194,805
Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement [Refer Note 17] 2,710,834 2,911,621 2,516,044 2,892,978
Net write-off/(recoveries) during the year (2,465,797) (1,853,340) (2,465,797) (1,853,340)
Exchange rate variance on foreign currency provisions 9,360 (165) 9,360 (165)
Other movements
Balance as at December 31, 13,089,833 12,835,436 12,681,594 12,621,987
Total of Individual and Collective Impairment 18,459,793 17,170,023 18,051,554 16,956,574

32.3 Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Gross Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable 37,292,636 24,814,178 34,472,653 23,068,581
Within one year [Refer Note 32.3 (a)] 12,781,980 10,129,318 11,619,035 9,303,525
From one to five years [Refer Note 32.3 (b)] 24,424,152 14,676,651 22,851,419 13,756,847
After five years [Refer Note 32.3 (c)] 86,504 8,209 2,199 8,209
Less:Provision for individual impairment [Refer Note 32.3 (d)] 93,710 60,961 93,710 60,961
Provision for collective impairment [Refer Note 32.3 (e)] 953,696 1,064,533 556,776 856,170
Net lease receivable 36,245,230 23,688,684 33,822,167 22,151,450
32.3 (a) Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable within One Year
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2014 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Total Lease/Hire purchase receivable within one year 16,412,304 13,168,565 14,926,248 12,084,654
Less: Unearned lease/hire purchase income 3,630,324 3,039,247 3,307,213 2,781,129
Gross Lease/Hire purchase receivable within one year 12,781,980 10,129,318 11,619,035 9,303,525
Less:Provision for individual impairment 72,660 49,695 72,660 49,695
Provision for collective impairment 642,514 707,769 488,019 627,694
Sub total 12,066,806 9,371,854 11,058,356 8,626,136
32.3 (b) Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable from One to Five Years
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Total Lease/Hire purchase receivable from one to five years 28,211,137 17,062,402 26,138,901 15,871,840
Less: Unearned lease/hire purchase income 3,786,985 2,385,751 3,287,482 2,114,993
Gross Lease/Hire purchase receivable from one to five years 24,424,152 14,676,651 22,851,419 13,756,847
Less:Provision for individual impairment 21,050 11,266 21,050 11,266
Provision for collective impairment 307,592 356,596 68,755 228,308
Sub total 24,095,510 14,308,789 22,761,614 13,517,273
32.3 (c) Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable after Five Years
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Total Lease/Hire purchase receivable after five years 94,062 8,666 2,254 8,666
Less: Unearned lease/hire purchase income 7,558 457 55 457
Gross Lease/Hire purchase receivable after five years 86,504 8,209 2,199 8,209
Less:Provision for individual impairment
Provision for collective impairment 3,590 168 2 168
Sub total 82,914 8,041 2,197 8,041
32.3 (d) Movement in Provision for Individual Impairment on Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable
  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 60,961 54,317 60,961 54,317
Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement 55,159 13,004 55,159 13,004
Net write-off/(recoveries) during the year (21,673) (6,211) (21,673) (6,211)
Interest accrued on impaired lease/hire purchase receivable (4,516) (3,268) (4,516) (3,268)
Other movements 3,779 3,119 3,779 3,119
Balance as at December 31, 93,710 60,961 93,710 60,961
32.3 (e) Movement in Provision for Collective Impairment on Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable
  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 1,064,533 789,654 856,170 789,653
Balance assumed on business combination 191,037
Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement 620,604 783,494 432,047 766,169
Net write-off/(recoveries) during the year (731,441) (699,652) (731,441) (699,652)
Other movements
Balance as at December 31, 953,696 1,064,533 556,776 856,170

32.4 Loans Granted from Investment Fund Account (IFA)

As per the guidelines issued by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka, Investment Fund Account was established effective from January 01, 2011 by transferring tax savings as explained below:

  1. 5 % of the Profits Before Tax (PBT) calculated for Income Tax (IT) purposes, on the dates of making Self-Assessment payments on IT.
  2. 8% of the profits calculated for the payment of Value Added Tax (VAT) on financial services at the time of making payments on VAT.

The Sectoral Distribution of Loans under IFA is Given Below:

As at December 31,     2015 2014
Sector Rouge of Interest
Rates
Tenure Amount
Outstanding
(A)
Pending Disbursement
(B)
Total

(A) + (B)
Amount
Outstanding
(A)
Pending
Disbursement
(B)
Total

(A) + (B)
  (%) (Years) Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
(a)Cultivation of Plantation crops/Agriculture crops 6.85–7.91 5.5 65,909 65,909 58,067 35,115 93,182
(b)Factory/Mills modernisation/Establishment/Expansion 6.85–9.00 5 295,591 51,800 347,391 445,247 51,800 497,047
(c) Infrastructure Development 6.80–11.00 14.5 3,886,732 132,414 4,019,146 3,861,496 402,017 4,263,513
(d) Construction of Hotels and for related purposes 7.35–8.41 7 10,372 10,372 12,508 12,508
Capital Outstanding of the Loans granted     4,258,604 184,214 4,442,818 4,377,318 488,932 4,866,250
(e) Interest receivable     176,875 176,875 177,102 177,102
Carrying amount of the Loans granted     4,435,479 184,214 4,619,693 4,554,420 488,932 5,043,352

The requirement to maintain the Investment Fund Account was ceased with effective from October 1, 2014 as per the instructions issued by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

Sectoral Distribution of Loans Under IFA

32.5 Summary of Individually Impaired Loans and Receivables – Bank
As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Individually
Impaired Loans
and Receivables
Individual
Impairment
Individually
Impaired Loans
and Receivables
Individual
Impairment
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Loans and Advances        
Overdrafts 1,336,117 1,007,622 1,005,810 836,674
Trade finance 548,552 303,921 531,495 393,998
Lease/hire purchase receivable 533,359 93,710 107,219 60,961
Credit cards
Pawning 4,566 67 6,360 133
Staff loans
Housing loans 12,445 6,194 24,041 5,632
Personal loans 2,588 1,753 2,368 1,697
Term loans 9,309,002 3,956,693 4,871,389 3,035,492
Bills of exchange
Total 11,746,629 5,369,960 6,548,682 4,334,587

The net exposure of Rs. 6,376.669 Mn. (Rs. 2,214.095 Mn. As at December 31, 2014) is covered through adequate collateral valued over Rs.6,376.669 Mn. (Over Rs. 2,214.095 Mn. as at December 31, 2014) excluding machinery and stocks.

33. Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale

Available-for-sale financial investments include equity and debt securities. Equity investments classified as available-for-sale are those which are neither classified as held for trading nor designated at fair value through profit or loss. Debt securities in this category are intended to be held for an indefinite period of time and may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or in response to changes in the market conditions.

Derivatives are recorded at fair value and carried as liabilities when their fair value is negative.

The Group has not designated any loans or receivables as available-for-sale. After initial measurement, available-for-sale financial investments are subsequently measured at fair value.

Unrealised gains and losses are recognised in Equity through OCI in the ‘Available-for-sale reserve’. When these financial investments are disposed of, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in Equity is recycled to profit or loss in ‘Other operating income’. Interest earned whilst holding available-for-sale financial investments is reported as ‘Interest Income’ using the EIR. Dividend earned whilst holding available-for-sale financial investments are recognised in the Income Statement as ‘Other operating income’ when the right to receive the payment has been established. The losses arising from impairment of such investments too are recognised in the Income Statement in ‘Impairment losses on financial investments’ and removed from the ‘Available-for-sale reserve’.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Government securities 203,774,930 213,381,263 203,757,409 213,364,740
Government securities – Sri Lanka [Refer Note 33.1 (a)] 193,956,070 205,176,556 193,938,549 205,160,033
Government securities – Bangladesh [Refer Note 33.1 (b)] 9,818,860 8,204,707 9,818,860 8,204,707
Equity securities [Refer Note 33.2 and 33.3] 281,450 230,313 281,326 230,189
Quoted shares – (At mark to market value) [Refer Notes 33.2.(a) and 33.3.(a) ] 234,839 185,132 234,839 185,132
Unquoted shares – (At cost) [Refer Notes 33.2 (b) and 33.3 (b)] 46,611 45,181 46,487 45,057
Investment in Unit Trust [Refer Note 33.4 and 33.5] 205,554 613,441 205,554 613,441
Total 204,261,934 214,225,017 204,244,289 214,208,370

There were no impairment losses on Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale as at December 31, 2015 (2014 – Nil).

The maturity analysis of Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale is given in Note 60.

33.1 Government Securities

33.1 (a) Government Securities – Sri Lanka
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Treasury bills 8,961,530 48,112,556 8,944,009 48,096,033
Treasury bonds 172,727,815 150,113,050 172,727,815 150,113,050
Sri Lanka sovereign bonds 12,266,725 6,950,950 12,266,725 6,950,950
Sub total 193,956,070 205,176,556 193,938,549 205,160,033
33.1 (b) Government Securities – Bangladesh
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Treasury bills 817,545 736,146 817,545 736,146
Treasury bonds 9,001,315 7,468,561 9,001,315 7,468,561
Sub total 9,818,860 8,204,707 9,818,860 8,204,707
33.2 (a) Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2015
  GROUP BANK
  No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
    Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000   Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Sector/Type of Securities                
Quoted Shares:                
Bank, Finance and Insurance                
DFCC Bank PLC 3,496 168.10 588 155 3,496 168.10 588 155
Hatton National Bank PLC 11,760 210.60 2,477 315 11,760 210.60 2,477 315
Nations Trust Bank PLC 1,333 86.30 115 22 1,333 86.30 115 22
National Development Bank PLC 5,424 194.10 1,053 215 5,424 194.10 1,053 215
Sampath Bank PLC 3,811 248.00 945 72 3,811 248.00 945 72
Seylan Bank PLC 1,015 95.00 96 24 1,015 95.00 96 24
VISA Inc. 19,424 US$. 77.55 217,138 19,424 US$. 77.55 217,138
Sub total     222,412 803     222,412 803
Manufacturing                
Alumex PLC 714,200 17.40 12,427 9,999 714,200 17.40 12,427 9,999
Sub total     12,427 9,999     12,427 9,999
Total     234,839 10,802     234,839 10,802
33.2 (b) Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2015
  GROUP BANK
  No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
    Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000   Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Sector/Type of Securities                
Unquoted Shares:                
Bank, Finance and Insurance                
Central Depository of Bangladesh Ltd. 3,427,083 BDT 2.75 17,293 17,293 3,427,083 BDT 2.75 17,293 17,293
Credit Information Bureau of Sri Lanka 5,637 100.00 564 564 4,400 100.00 440 440
Fitch Ratings Lanka Ltd. 62,500 10.00 625 625 62,500 10.00 625 625
LankaClear (Pvt) Ltd. 1,000,000 10.00 10,000 10,000 1,000,000 10.00 10,000 10,000
Lanka Financial Services Bureau Ltd. 225,000 10.00 2,250 2,250 225,000 10.00 2,250 2,250
RAM Ratings (Lanka) Ltd. 689,590 12.50 8,620 8,620 689,590 12.50 8,620 8,620
Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) 47 EUR 912.77 7,259 7,259 47 EUR 912.77 7,259 7,259
Total     46,611 46,611     46,487 46,487
33.2 (c) Sector/Industry Composition of the Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2015
  GROUP Bank
  Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Sector/Industry        
Bank, Finance and Insurance 269,023 47,414 268,899 47,290
Manufacturing 12,427 9,999 12,427 9,999
Total 281,450 57,413 281,326 57,289
33.3 (a) Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2014
  GROUP BANK
  No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
    Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000   Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Sector/Type of Securities                
Quoted Shares:                
Bank, Finance and Insurance                
DFCC Bank PLC 3,496 219.00 766 155 3,496 219.00 766 155
Hatton National Bank PLC 11,760 194.90 2,292 315 11,760 194.90 2,292 315
Nations Trust Bank PLC 1,333 97.00 129 22 1,333 97.00 129 22
National Development Bank PLC 5,424 250.00 1,356 215 5,424 250.00 1,356 215
Sampath Bank PLC 3,714 236.30 878 72 3,714 236.30 878 72
Seylan Bank PLC 1,015 95.00 96 24 1,015 95.00 96 24
VISA Inc. 4,856 US$.262.20 168,259 4,856 US$.262.20 168,259
Sub total     173,776 803     173,776 803
Manufacturing                
Alumex PLC 714,200 15.90 11,356 9,999 714,200 15.90 11,356 9,999
Sub total     11,356 9,999     11,356 9,999
Total     185,132 10,802     185,132 10,802
33.3 (b) Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2014
  GROUP BANK
  No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
    Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000   Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Sector/Type of Securities                
Unquoted Shares:                
Bank, Finance and Insurance                
Central Depository of Bangladesh Ltd. 3,427,083 BDT 2.75 15,863 15,863 3,427,083 BDT 2.75 15,863 15,863
Credit Information Bureau of Sri Lanka 5,637 100.00 564 564 4,400 100.00 440 440
Fitch Ratings Lanka Ltd. 62,500 10.00 625 625 62,500 10.00 625 625
LankaClear (Pvt) Ltd. 1,000,000 10.00 10,000 10,000 1,000,000 10.00 10,000 10,000
Lanka Financial Service Bureau Ltd. 225,000 10.00 2,250 2,250 225,000 10.00 2,250 2,250
RAM Ratings (Lanka) Ltd. 689,590 12.50 8,620 8,620 689,590 12.50 8,620 8,620
Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) 47 EUR 912.77 7,259 7,259 47 EUR 912.77 7,259 7,259
Total     45,181 45,181     45,057 45,057
33.3 (c) Sector/Industry Composition of the Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2014
  GROUP Bank
  Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Sector/Industry        
Bank, Finance and Insurance 218,957 45,984 218,833 45,860
Manufacturing 11,356 9,999 11,356 9,999
Total 230,313 55,983 230,189 55,859

33.4 Investment in Unit Trust – As at December 31, 2015

  GROUP Bank
  Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Sector/Industry        
Bank, Finance and Insurance        
Capital Alliance Investment Ltd. 205,554 201.402 205,554 201.402
Total 205,554 201.402 205,554 201.402

33.5 Investment in Unit Trust – As at December 31, 2014

  GROUP Bank
  Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Sector/Industry        
Bank, Finance and Insurance        
Capital Alliance Investment Ltd. 613,441 602,517 613,441 602,517
Total 613,441 602,517 613,441 602,517

34. Financial Investments – Loans and Receivables

Financial investments classified as loans and receivables’ include unquoted debt instruments. After initial measurement, these are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR, less provision for impairment. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees and costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The amortisation is included in ‘Interest Income’ while the losses arising from impairment are recognised in ‘Impairment charges for loans and other losses’ in the Income Statement.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Investments in Government Securities [Refer Note 34.1] 44,925,168 40,850,011 44,925,168 40,850,011
Other Investments [Refer Note 34.2] 12,799,201 9,586,053 12,799,201 9,586,053
Total 57,724,369 50,436,064 57,724,369 50,436,064

34.1 Investments in Government Securities

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Treasury bills
Treasury bonds 605,737 605,859 605,737 605,859
Sri Lanka Development Bonds 44,319,431 40,244,152 44,319,431 40,244,152
Total 44,925,168 40,850,011 44,925,168 40,850,011

34.2 Other Investments

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Debentures [Refer Note 34.2.1] 11,272,757 8,458,544 11,272,757 8,458,544
Trust certificates [Refer Note 34.2.2] 1,140,613 1,126,469 1,140,613 1,126,469
Corporate investments in Bangladesh [Refer Note 34.2.3] 385,831 1,040 385,831 1,040
Total 12,799,201 9,586,053 12,799,201 9,586,053

The maturity analysis of Financial Investments – Loans and Receivables is given in Note 60.

34.2.1 Debentures
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
People’s Leasing & Finance PLC 751,133 751,133 738,654 738,654 751,133 751,133 738,654 738,654
Senkadagala Finance PLC 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869
Singer (Sri Lanka) PLC 622,475 622,475 181,005 181,005 622,475 622,475 181,005 181,005
Central Finance Company PLC 439,344 439,344 277,872 277,872 439,344 439,344 277,872 277,872
Lion Brewery (Ceylon) PLC 611,968 611,968 815,073 815,073 611,968 611,968 815,073 815,073
Hayleys PLC 1,206,558 1,206,558 91,575 91,575 1,206,558 1,206,558 91,575 91,575
Singer Finance (Lanka) PLC 661,672 661,672 355,756 355,756 661,672 661,672 355,756 355,756
Nawaloka Hospitals PLC 237,167 237,167 237,167 237,167 237,167 237,167 237,167 237,167
Hemas Holdings PLC 54,048 54,048 54,048 54,048 54,048 54,048 54,048 54,048
Abans PLC 77,156 77,156 77,156 77,156 77,156 77,156 77,156 77,156
DFCC Bank PLC 1,857,008 1,857,008 1,857,008 1,857,008 1,857,008 1,857,008 1,857,008 1,857,008
Richard Pieris & Company PLC 695,136 695,136 695,136 695,136 695,136 695,136 695,136 695,136
Softlogic Finance PLC 330,465 330,465 330,465 330,465 330,465 330,465 330,465 330,465
Lanka Orix Leasing Company PLC 2,045,370 2,045,370 2,018,740 2,018,740 2,045,370 2,045,370 2,018,740 2,018,740
Mercantile Investments & Finance PLC 42,551 42,551 42,551 42,551 42,551 42,551 42,551 42,551
Orient Finance PLC 197,173 197,173 197,173 197,173 197,173 197,173 197,173 197,173
Commercial Leasing & Finance PLC 1,043,808 1,043,808 1,043,808 1,043,808
MTD Walkers PLC 307,453 307,453 307,453 307,453
Dunamis Capital PLC 50,403 50,403 50,403 50,403
Urban Development Authority (11% – 2015) 447,296 447,296 447,296 447,296
Sub total 11,272,757 11,272,757 8,458,544 8,458,544 11,272,757 11,272,757 8,458,544 8,458,544

The above debentures are stated at amortised cost and classified under Financial Investments-Loans and Receivables due to the absence of an active market.

34.2.2 Trust Certificates
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
People’s Leasing Company PLC 338,364 338,364 644,356 644,356 338,364 338,364 644,356 644,356
Assetline Leasing Company Ltd. 319,009 319,009 374,091 374,091 319,009 319,009 374,091 374,091
Richard Pieris Arpico Finance Ltd. 121,862 121,862 108,022 108,022 121,862 121,862 108,022 108,022
Mercantile Investments & Finance PLC 361,378 361,378 361,378 361,378
Sub total 1,140,613 1,140,613 1,126,469 1,126,469 1,140,613 1,140,613 1,126,469 1,126,469
34.2.3 Corporate Investments in Bangladesh
  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
Amortised
Cost
Market
Value
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Price Bonds 1,501 1,501 1,040 1,040 1,501 1,501 1,040 1,040
Commercial Papers 384,330 384,330 384,330 384,330
Sub total 385,831 385,831 1,040 1,040 385,831 385,831 1,040 1,040

35. Investments in Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are investees controlled by the Group. The Group ‘controls’ an investee if it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The Group reassesses whether it has control if there are changes to one or more of the elements of control. This includes circumstances in which protective rights held (e.g. those resulting from a lending relationship) become substantive and lead to the Group having power over an investee.

The cost of an acquisition is measured at fair value of the consideration, including contingent consideration. The acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Subsequent to the initial measurement the Bank continues to recognise the investments in Subsidiaries at cost.

The Financial Statements of subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date on which control commences until the date when control ceases.

The Financial Statements of all subsidiaries in the Group have a common financial year which ends on December 31, except for the Serendib Finance Ltd., a licensed finance company, whose financial year ends on March 31. The Financial Statements of the Bank’s Subsidiaries are prepared using consistent accounting policies.

The reason for using a different Reporting date by the aforesaid subsidiary is due to the requirement imposed by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka for licensed finance companies to publish their key financial data and key performance indicators for 12-month period ended March 31 and 6-month period ended September 30, every year, in accordance with a format prescribed by the Director of the Department of Supervision of Non-Bank Financial Institutions of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

All intra-group balances, transactions, unrealised gains and losses resulting from intra-group transactions, income and expenses are eliminated in full.

There are no significant restrictions on the ability of Subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Parent (the Bank) in the form of cash dividend or repayment of loans and advances.

All Subsidiaries of the Bank have been incorporated in Sri Lanka except Commex Sri Lanka S.R.L. which was incorporated in Italy.

    GROUP BANK
As at December 31,   2015 2014 2015 2014
  Holding
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
  % Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Local Subsidiaries:                  
Quoted:                  
Commercial Development Company PLC 94.28(*) 273,610 1,047,611 274,393 1,145,916
(11,313,290 Ordinary Shares)             (@ Rs. 92.60)   (@ Rs. 101.00)
(11,345,705 Ordinary Shares as at December 31, 2014) (94.55 in 2014)                
                   
Unquoted:                  
ONEzero Company Ltd. 100 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000
(500,001 Ordinary Shares)             (@ Rs. 10.00)   (@ Rs. 10.00)
(500,001 Ordinary Shares as at December 31, 2014)                  
                   
Unquoted:                  
Serendib Finance Ltd. 100 916,046 916,046 916,046 916,046
(21,600,000 Ordinary Shares)                  
(21,600,000 Ordinary Shares as at Dec 31, 2014)                  
                   
Foreign Subsidiary:                  
Unquoted:                  
Commex – Sri Lanka S.R.L. (Incorporated in Italy) (**) 100 193,080 42,490 129,928 15,561
Gross Total   1,387,736 2,011,147 1,325,367 2,082,523
Provision for impairment [Refer Note 35.1]           (150,590) (114,367)
Net Total   1,237,146 2,011,147 1,211,000 2,082,523

(*) The Board of Directors of the Bank resolved to reduce the shareholding of Commercial Development Company PLC, (in which the Bank had a stake of 94.55%) to comply with the requirements of the Listing Rule No. 7.13 of the Colombo Stock Exchange on Minimum Public Holding. Accordingly, the Bank disposed 32,415 shares during the year through the Colombo Stock Exchange and reduced the shareholding in the above Company to 94.28% by December 31, 2015 and is in the process of taking steps to dispose the required number of shares to adhere to the requirements of the Listing Rules.

Consequent to the above disposal, ownership interests of the Bank has changed while retaining control. As per SLFRS 10 on ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a Subsidiary that do not result in the parent losing control are equity transactions and hence, the resulting gain/loss is recognised in equity. As majority of the share trades had occurred in December 2015, it was assumed that disposals took place on December 31, 2015 for the purpose of reporting.;

(**) During the year, the Bank was able to obtain the Money Transfer License from the Bank of Italy. However, the Bank is yet to commence intended commercial operations in Italy and as such, made provisions for the expenses incurred on account of Italy operations when finalising the Banks’ Financial Statements.

As set out above, the Bank does not have any subsidiaries with material non-controlling interest. Accordingly, no additional disclosures have been made as required by the SLFRS 12 on ‘Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities’.

The maturity analysis of Investments in Subsidiaries is given in Note 60.

35.1 Movement in Provision for Impairment o/a Subsidiaries during the Year

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 114,367 85,580
Charge/(Write back) to the Income Statement [Refer Note 17] 36,223 28,787
Balance as at December 31, 150,590 114,367

The Bank made a provision against its investment in Commex – Sri Lanka S.R.L. which incorporated in Italy to bring the investment value in line with the net assets value of the said subsidiary based on an assessment of impairment. Accordingly, the total amount provided for impairment as at December 31, 2015 is Rs.150.590 Mn. (2014 – Rs. 114.367 Mn.)

35.2 Acquisition of a Subsidiary

As per the Financial Sector Consolidation Road Map of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka, on September 01, 2014, the Bank acquired 100% ownership of Indra Finance Ltd. (now known as Serendib Finance Ltd.) a Licensed Finance Company registered with the Central Bank of Sri Lanka for a total purchase consideration of Rs. 916.046 Mn. The Bank obtained all relevant regulatory approvals prior to the acquisition of this Company.

35.2.1 Consideration Transferred

Total purchase consideration stated above was satisfied in the form of cash.

35.2.2 Identifiable Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

The recognised amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Indra Finance Ltd. as at the date of acquisition were as follows:

  Fair Value
Recognised
on Acquisition
Rs. ’000
Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents 24,576
Government Securities 17,618
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 124
Property, plant & equipment and intangible assets (net) [Refer Notes 37.2 and 38.2] 207,504
Loans and receivables to other customers 1,652,134
Other assets 24,355
Sub total 1,926,311
Liabilities  
Due to banks (1,038,736)
Current tax liabilities [Refer Note 45] (7,200)
Subordinated liabilities [Refer Note 50] (215,000)
Provision for gratuity payable [Refer Note 48.1 (c)] (1,977)
Deferred tax liabilities [Refer Note 46.1] (47,292)
Other liabilities (100,105)
Sub total (1,410,310)
Fair value of identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition 516,001
35.2.3 Goodwill

Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recongnised as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

  Rs. ’000
Consideration transferred [Refer Note 35.2.1] 916,046
Fair value of identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition [Refer Note 35.2.2] (516,001)
Goodwill [Refer Note 38] 400,045
35.2.4 Cost of Acquisition of the Subsidiary, net of Cash Acquired
  GROUP BANK
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Purchase consideration transferred [Refer Note 35.2.1] 916,046 916,046
Cash and cash equivalents acquired on business combination [Refer Note 35.2.2] (24,576)
Cost of acquisition of the subsidiary, net of cash acquired 891,470 916,046

36. Investments in Associates

Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the variable returns through its power over the investee. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds 20% or more of the voting power of another entity.

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method and are recognised initially at cost, in terms of Sri Lanka Accounting Standards – LKAS 28 on ‘Investments in Associates and Joint venture’. The Group’s investment includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the Group’s share of the income and expenses and equity movements of equity-accounted investees, after adjustments to align the Accounting Policies with those of the Group, from the date that significant influence commences until the date that significant influence ceases. Accordingly, under the Equity Method, investments in Associates are carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the Associates and are reported as a separate line item in the Statement of Financial Position. The Income Statement reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the Associates. Any change in OCI of those investees is presented as part of the Group’s OCI. In addition, when there has been a change recognised directly in the equity of the associate, the Group recognises its share of any changes, when applicable, in Equity through OCI. Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and the Associate are eliminated to the extent of the interest in Associate.

When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity-accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest, including any long term investments, is reduced to nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has an obligation or has made payments on behalf of the investee. If the Associate subsequently reports profits, the Group resumes recognising its share of those profits only after its share of the profits equal the share of losses not recognised previously.

The Group discontinues the use of the Equity Method from the date that it ceases to have significant influence over an Associate and accounts for such investments in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.

Upon loss of significant influence over the Associate, the Group measures and recognises any retained investment at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the Associate upon loss of significant influence and the fair value of the retained investment and proceeds from disposal is recognised in profit or loss.

After application of the Equity Method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise an impairment loss on its investment in its Associate. At each Reporting date, the Group determines whether there is objective evidence that the investment in the Associate is impaired. If there is such evidence, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the Associate and its carrying value then recognises the loss as ‘Share of profit of an Associate’ in the Income Statement.

As at December 31,   2015 2014
  Incorporation
and operation
Ownership
Interest
No. of
Shares
Cost Directors
Valuation/
Market Value
Cost Directors
Valuation/
Market Value
    %   Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Equity Investments Lanka Ltd. Sri Lanka 22.92 4,110,938 44,331 67,373 44,331 72,134
Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. Sri Lanka 18.86* 120,000 100 37,130 100 34,153
        44,431 104,503 44,431 106,287

*20% stake of Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. is held by Commercial Development Company PLC, a 94.28% owned subsidiary of the Bank, which is listed on the Colombo Stock Exchange. The Bank has a significant influence over financial and operating activities of Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. though it effectively holds only 18.86%.

36.1 Reconciliation of Summarised Financial Information

Reconciliation of the summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in associate recognised in the Consolidated Financial Statements is as follows:

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Equity
Investments
Lanka Ltd.
Commercial
Insurance Brokers
(Pvt) Ltd.
Total Equity
Investments
Lanka Ltd.
Commercial
Insurance Brokers
(Pvt) Ltd.
Total
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost of investments 44,331 100 44,431 44,331 100 44,431
Add: Share of Profit Applicable to the Group            
Investment in associate as at January 01, 27,803 34,053 61,856 16,080 33,662 49,742
  1,405 3,544 4,949 11,723 1,242 12,965
Profit/(loss) for the period recognised in Income Statement, net of tax 9,916 3,722 13,638 5,108 1,455 6,563
Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax (8,511) (178) (8,689) 6,615 (213) 6,402
Transactions which are recorded directly in equity
Dividend received (6,166) (567) (6,733) (851) (851)
Balance as at December 31, 67,373 37,130 104,503 72,134 34,153 106,287

36.2 Summarised Financial Information in Respect of Associates is set out below:

36.2 (a) Summarised Income Statement
For the year ended December 31, 2015 2014
  Equity
Investments
Lanka Ltd.
Commercial
Insurance Brokers
(Pvt) Ltd.
Total Equity
Investments
Lanka Ltd.
Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. Total
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Percentage Ownership Interest            
Revenue 59,436 224,373 283,809 41,202 205,425 246,627
Expenses (16,926) (192,222) (209,148) (21,160) (190,064) (211,224)
Income Tax 754 (12,468) (11,714) 2,246 (7,668) (5,422)
Profit from continuing operations, net of tax 43,264 19,683 62,947 22,288 7,693 29,981
Group’s share of profit from continuing operations, net of tax 9,916 3,722 13,638 5,108 1,455 6,563
Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax (37,134) (939) (38,073) 28,861 (1,129) 27,732
Group’s share of Other Comprehensive Income from continuing operations, net of tax (8,511) (178) (8,689) 6,615 (213) 6,402
Share of results of equity accounted investee recognised in Income Statement and Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 1,405 3,544 4,949 11,723 1,242 12,965
36.2 (b) Summarised Statement of Financial Position
As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Equity
Investments
Lanka Ltd.
Commercial
Insurance Brokers
(Pvt) Ltd.
Equity
Investments
Lanka Ltd.
Commercial
Insurance Brokers
(Pvt) Ltd.
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Percentage ownership interest        
Non-current assets 207,786 141,015 278,071 141,509
Current assets 94,757 128,868 44,772 101,000
Non-current liabilities (5,618) (21,199) (5,260) (17,818)
Current liabilities (2,975) (52,334) (2,862) (44,083)
Net assets 293,950 196,350 314,721 180,608
Group’s share of net assets 67,373 37,130 72,134 34,153
Less: Unrealised profits
Carrying amount of interest in associates 67,373 37,130 72,134 34,153

The Group recognises the share of net assets of the associates under the Equity Method to arrive at the Directors’ valuation.

The maturity analysis of Investments of Associates is given in Note 60.

37. Property, Plant & Equipment

The Group applies the requirements of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 16 on ‘Property, Plant & Equipment’ in accounting for its owned assets (including buildings under operating leases where the Group is the lessor) which are held for and use in the provision of services, for rental to others or for administrative purposes and are expected to be used for more than one year.

Basis of Recognition

Property, Plant & Equipment are recognised if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the Group and cost of the asset can be reliably measured.;

Basis of Measurement

An item of Property, Plant & Equipment that qualifies for recognition as an asset is initially measured at its cost. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset and subsequent costs (excluding the costs of day-to-day servicing) as explained in the Note on ‘Subsequent Cost’. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to a working condition for its intended use and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located and capitalised borrowing costs. Purchased software which is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalised as part of Computer Equipment.

When parts of an item of property or equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property and equipment.

  • Cost Model
    The Group applies the Cost Model to all Property, Plant & Equipment except freehold land and freehold and leasehold buildings and records at cost of purchase together with any incidental expenses thereon, less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.
  • Revaluation Model
    The Group applies the Revaluation Model for the entire class of freehold land and freehold and leasehold buildings for measurement after initial recognition. Such properties are carried at revalued amounts, being their fair value at the date of revaluation, less any subsequent accumulated depreciation on buildings and any accumulated impairment losses charged subsequent to the date of valuation. Freehold land and buildings of the Group are revalued by independent professional valuers every three years or more frequently if the fair values are substantially different from their carrying amounts to ensure that the carrying amounts do not differ from the fair values at the Reporting date. ;

    On revaluation of an asset, any increase in the carrying amount is recognised in Revaluation Reserve in Equity through OCI or used to reverse a previous loss on revaluation of the same asset, which was charged to the Income Statement. In this circumstance, the increase is recognised as income only to the extent of the previous write down in value. Any decrease in the carrying amount is recognised as an expense in the Income Statement or charged to Revaluation Reserve in equity through OCI, only to the extent of any credit balance existing in the Revaluation Reserve in respect of that asset. Any balance remaining in the Revaluation Reserve in respect of an asset, is transferred directly to Retained Earnings on retirement or disposal of the asset.

    The Group revalued all its freehold land and freehold and leasehold buildings as at December 31, 2014. Methods and significant assumptions including unobservable market inputs employed in estimating the fair value together with the sensitivity of same are given in Note 37.5 (b).

Subsequent Cost

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it is probable that the future economic benefits of the expenditure will flow to the Group. Ongoing repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Derecognition

An item of Property, Plant & Equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset), is recognised in ‘Other Income (Net)’ in profit or loss in the year the asset is derecognised.

When replacement costs are recognised in the carrying amount of an item of Property, Plant & Equipment, the remaining carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised as required by Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 16 on ‘Property, Plant & Equipment’.

Capital Work-in-Progress

These are expenses of a capital nature directly incurred in the construction of buildings, major plant and machinery and system development, awaiting capitalisation. These are stated in the Statement of Financial Position at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Capital work-in-progress is transferred to the relevant asset when it is in the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management (i.e. available for use).

37.1 Group – 2015

  Freehold
Land
Freehold
Buildings
Leasehold
Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Motor
Vehicles
Office
Equipment,
Furniture &
Fixtures
Capital
Work-in-
Progress
Total
2015
Total
2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs.’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation                  
Balance as at January 01, 4,883,273 2,549,352 992,126 3,518,719 327,762 4,131,515 408,205 16,810,952 14,449,047
Property, Plant & Equipment acquired on business combination 216,168
Additions during the year 41,429 153,299 22,022 441,459 41,428 436,534 152,152 1,288,323 1,120,582
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (243,872)
Surplus on revaluation of property 1,812,757
Disposals during the year (89,418) (38,262) (81,624) (209,304) (491,897)
Exchange rate variance 10,024 4,252 28,466 42,742 (3,573)
Transfers/adjustments (66,713) 66,713 (201,918) (201,918) (48,260)
Balance as at December 31, 4,924,702 2,635,938 1,080,861 3,880,784 335,180 4,514,891 358,439 17,730,795 16,810,952
Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment Losses                  
Balance as at January 01, 608 34,369 2,719,287 205,193 2,716,634 5,676,091 5,273,822
Accumulated depreciation assumed on business combination 17,068
Charge for the year [Refer Note 19] 90,677 27,927 334,108 41,274 530,176 1,024,162 1,087,175
Impairment loss
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (243,872)
Disposals during the year (88,532) (33,269) (65,772) (187,573) (456,362)
Exchange rate variance 8,838 4,152 23,692 36,682 (1,740)
Transfers/adjustments
Balance as at December 31, 91,285 62,296 2,973,701 217,350 3,204,730 6,549,362 5,676,091
Net book value as at December 31, 2015 4,924,702 2,544,653 1,018,565 907,083 117,830 1,310,161 358,439 11,181,433  
Net book value as at December 31, 2014 4,883,273 2,548,744 957,757 799,432 122,569 1,414,881 408,205   11,134,861

37.2 Group – 2014

  Freehold
Land
Freehold
Buildings
Leasehold
Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Motor
Vehicles
Office
Equipment,
Furniture &
Fixtures
Capital
Work-in-
Progress
Total
2014
Total
2013
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation                  
Balance as at January 01, 3,554,398 2,230,019 838,626 3,388,112 331,862 3,854,867 251,163 14,449,047 13,749,615
Property, Plant & Equipment acquired on business combination 86,000 91,000 9,473 12,341 17,354 216,168
Additions during the year 52,399 3,558 273,961 81,407 503,955 205,302 1,120,582 959,019
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (206,238) (37,634) (243,872)
Surplus on revaluation of property 1,190,476 431,013 191,268 1,812,757
Disposals during the year (134) (147,082) (97,746) (246,935) (491,897) (281,871)
Exchange rate variance (254) (102) (3,217) (3,573) 24,210
Transfers/adjustments (5,491) 5,491 (48,260) (48,260) (1,926)
Balance as at December 31, 4,883,273 2,549,352 992,126 3,518,719 327,762 4,131,515 408,205 16,810,952 14,449,047
Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment Losses                  
Balance as at January 01, 136,854 49,119 2,558,152 236,022 2,293,675 5,273,822 4,802,734
Accumulated depreciation assumed on business combination 4,725 6,728 5,615 17,068
Charge for the year [Refer Note 19] 69,992 22,884 306,632 41,090 646,577 1,087,175 717,583
Impairment loss
Reversal of over provided depreciation (206,238) (37,634) (243,872)
Disposals during the year (144,656) (78,560) (233,146) (456,362) (261,555)
Exchange rate variance (207) (87) (1,446) (1,740) 15,119
Transfers/adjustments (5,359) 5,359 (59)
Balance as at December 31, 608 34,369 2,719,287 205,193 2,716,634 5,676,091 5,273,822
Net book value as at December 31, 2014 4,883,273 2,548,744 957,757 799,432 122,569 1,414,881 408,205 11,134,861  
Net book value as at December 31, 2013 3,554,398 2,093,165 789,507 829,960 95,840 1,561,192 251,163   9,175,225

There were no capitalised borrowing cost related to the acquisition of Property, Plant & Equipment during the year 2015 (2014 - Nil).

The carrying amount of Group’s revalued assets that would have been included in the Financial Statements had the assets been carried at cost less depreciation/amortisation is as follows:

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Cost Accumulated
Depreciation
Net Book
Value
Cost Accumulated
Depreciation
Net Book
Value
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Class of Asset            
Freehold land 753,149 753,149 711,720 711,720
Freehold buildings 1,166,621 328,170 838,451 1,080,035 298,287 781,748
Leasehold buildings 348,360 154,886 193,474 259,625 144,490 115,135
Total 2,268,130 483,056 1,785,074 2,051,380 442,777 1,608,603

 

37.3 Bank – 2015

  Freehold
Land
Freehold
Buildings
Leasehold
Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Motor
Vehicles
Office
Equipment,
Furniture &
Fixtures
Capital
Work-in-
Progress
Total
2015
Total
2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation                  
Balance as at January 01, 4,797,273 2,458,352 104,625 3,504,292 129,047 4,095,287 404,219 15,493,095 13,499,527
Additions during the year 142,599 18,628 439,313 3,958 432,003 152,152 1,188,653 1,020,312
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (206,238)
Surplus on revaluation of property 1,621,489
Disposals during the year (88,770) (9,459) (79,606) (177,835) (410,543)
Exchange rate variance 10,024 4,252 27,593 41,869 (1,004)
Transfers/adjustments (66,713) 66,713 (201,918) (201,918) (30,448)
Balance as at December 31, 4,797,273 2,534,238 189,966 3,864,859 127,798 4,475,277 354,453 16,343,864 15,493,095
Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment Losses                  
Balance as at January 01, 34,368 2,711,315 99,461 2,694,860 5,540,004 5,112,183
Charge for the year [Refer Note 19] 88,587 4,482 331,996 12,578 523,849 961,492 1,026,730
Impairment loss
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (206,238)
Disposals during the year (87,948) (9,459) (64,717) (162,124) (391,978)
Exchange rate variance 8,838 4,152 22,517 35,507 (693)
Transfers/adjustments
Balance as at December 31, 88,587 38,850 2,964,201 106,732 3,176,509 6,374,879 5,540,004
Net book value as at December 31, 2015 4,797,273 2,445,651 151,116 900,658 21,066 1,298,768 354,453 9,968,985  
Net book value as at December 31, 2014 4,797,273 2,458,352 70,257 792,977 29,586 1,400,427 404,219   9,953,091

 

37.4 Bank – 2014

  Freehold
Land
Freehold
Buildings
Leasehold
Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Motor
Vehicles
Office
Equipment –
Furniture &
Fixtures
Capital
Work in
Progress
Total
2014
Total
2013
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation                  
Balance as at January 01, 3,554,398 2,230,019 104,625 3,383,183 146,484 3,851,453 229,365 13,499,527 12,747,986
Additions during the year 52,399 3,558 273,109 637 485,307 205,302 1,020,312 958,204
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (206,238) (206,238)
Surplus on revaluation of property 1,190,476 431,013 1,621,489
Disposals during the year (146,255) (17,972) (246,316) (410,543) (227,463)
Exchange rate variance (254) (102) (648) (1,004) 22,726
Transfers/adjustments (5,491) 5,491 (30,448) (30,448) (1,926)
Balance as at December 31, 4,797,273 2,458,352 104,625 3,504,292 129,047 4,095,287 404,219 15,493,095 13,499,527
Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment Losses                  
Balance as at January 01, 136,854 30,769 2,555,449 97,087 2,292,024 5,112,183 4,526,868
Charge for the year [Refer Note 19] 69,384 3,599 305,358 17,945 630,444 1,026,730 786,024
Impairment loss
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (206,238) (206,238)
Disposals during the year (143,926) (15,484) (232,568) (391,978) (215,769)
Exchange rate variance (207) (87) (399) (693) 15,119
Transfers/adjustments (5,359) 5,359 (59)
Balance as at December 31, 34,368 2,711,315 99,461 2,694,860 5,540,004 5,112,183
Net book value as at December 31, 2014 4,797,273 2,458,352 70,257 792,977 29,586 1,400,427 404,219 9,953,091  
Net book value as at December 31, 2013 3,554,398 2,093,165 73,856 827,734 49,397 1,559,429 229,365   8,387,344

There were no capitalised borrowing costs related to the acquisition of Property, Plant & Equipment during the year 2015 (2014 – Nil).

The carrying amount of Bank’s revalued assets that would have been included in the Financial Statements had the assets been carried at cost less depreciation/amortisation is as follows:

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Cost Accumulated
Depreciation
Net Book
Value
Cost Accumulated
Depreciation
Net Book
Value
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Class of Asset            
Freehold land 660,987 660,987 660,987 660,987
Freehold buildings 1,106,656 323,089 783,567 1,030,770 295,422 735,348
Leasehold buildings 188,067 45,707 142,360 102,726 41,005 61,721
Total 1,955,710 368,796 1,586,914 1,794,483 336,427 1,458,056

The maturity analysis of Property, Plant & Equipment is given in Note 60.

37.5 (a) Information on Freehold Land and Buildings of the Bank – Extents and Locations

[As required by the Rule No. 7.6 (viii) of the ‘Continuing Listing Requirements’ of the Colombo Stock Exchange]

Location Extent
(Perches)
Buildings
(Square
Feet)
Revalued
Amounts
Land
Rs. ’000
Revalued
Amounts
Buildings
Rs. ’000
Net Book
Value/
Revalued
Rs. ’000
Net Book
Value before
Revaluation
Rs. ’000
CEO’s Bungalow – No. 27, Queens Road, Colombo 3 64 5,616 544,850 15,150 556,970 421,459
Holiday Bungalow – Bandarawela, Ambatenne Estate, Bandarawela 423 5,649 56,700 11,400 67,604 61,436
Holiday Bungalow – Haputale No. 23, Lilly Avenue, Welimada Road, Haputale 258 5,662 30,900 15,300 45,350 38,713
Branch Buildings            
Battaramulla – No. 213, Kaduwela Road, Battaramulla 14 11,216 52,500 87,375 135,506 79,866
Battaramulla – No. 213, Kaduwela Road, Battaramulla 13 Bare Land 50,000 50,000 52,399
Borella – No. 92, D.S. Senanayake Mawatha, Borella, Colombo 8 16 16,880 156,300 198,700 347,902 126,331
Chilaw – No. 44, Colombo Road, Chilaw 35 9,420 63,522 38,000 100,572 126,541
Galewela – No. 49/57, Matale Road, Galewela 99 18,472 22,275 15,225 37,120 32,012
Galle City – No. 130, Main Street, Galle 7 3,675 40,500 8,269 48,463 40,277
Galle Fort – No. 22, Church Street, Fort, Galle 100 11,625 210,000 40,000 249,000 146,256
Gampaha – No. 51, Queen Mary’s Road, Gampaha 33 4,685 57,575 10,541 67,814 61,463
Hikkaduwa – No. 217, Galle Road, Hikkaduwa 37 6,713 26,370 24,608 50,312 37,518
Ja-Ela – No. 140, Negombo Road, Ja-Ela 13 7,468 29,000 21,000 49,364 38,741
Jaffna – No. 474, Hospital Road, Jaffna 77 5,146 581,000 19,000 599,050 283,456
Kandy – No. 120, Kotugodella Veediya, Kandy 45 44,500 354,000 231,000 576,750 549,953
Kegalle – No. 186, Main Street, Kegalle 85 2,650 128,000 7,000 134,750 121,300
Keyzer Street – No. 32, Keyzer Street, Colombo 11 7 6,100 56,000 26,000 81,350 68,128
Kollupitiya – No. 285, Galle Road, Colombo 3 17 16,254 115,000 65,000 177,679 158,283
Kotahena – No. 198, George R. De Silva Mawatha, Kotahena, Colombo 13 28 26,722 140,000 207,400 342,215 314,958
Kurunegala – No. 4, Suratissa Mawatha, Kurunegala 50 9,821 199,325 34,675 233,134 218,636
Maharagama – No. 154, High Level Road, Maharagama 18 8,440 53,250 31,750 84,206 101,015
Matale – No. 70, King Street, Matale 51 8,596 75,000 60,000 133,334 117,358
Matara – No. 18, Station Road, Matara 37 8,137 50,695 25,291 75,321 50,470
Minuwangoda – No. 42, Siriwardena Mawatha, Minuwangoda 25 5,550 31,250 17,690 48,475 71,655
Modara – No. 160, St. James Street, Colombo 15 17 Bare Land 34,000 34,000 22,300
Narahenpita – No. 201, Kirula Road, Narahenpita, Colombo 5 22 11,193 132,300 87,700 216,868 162,939
Narammala – No. 55, Negombo Road, Narammala 42 5,353 53,391 16,609 69,585 58,843
Negombo – No. 24, 26, Fernando Avenue, Negombo 37 11,360 73,000 31,000 102,760 73,940
Nugegoda – No. 100, Stanley Thilakaratne Mawatha, Nugegoda 39 11,150 156,000 41,000 195,975 234,221
Nuwara Eliya – No. 36/3, Buddha Jayanthi Mawatha, Nuwara Eliya 42 10,184 82,000 71,000 151,080 135,834
Panadura – No. 375, Galle Road, Panadura 12 6,168 30,750 40,090 68,837 35,236
Pettah – People’s Park Shopping Complex, Colombo 11 3,147 58,000 55,364 45,723
Pettah – Stores – People’s Park Shopping Complex, Colombo 11 225 4,800 4,582 3,521
Pettah – Main Street – No. 280, Main Street, Pettah, Colombo 11 20 22,760 280,000 145,185 421,381 238,670
Trincomalee – No. 474, Power House Road, Trincomalee 100 Bare Land 90,300 90,300 75,000
Union Place – No. 1, Union Place, Colombo 2 30 63,385 450,000 750,000 1,173,212 936,148
Wellawatte – No. 343, Galle Road, Colombo 6 45 15,050 249,520 50,480 297,705 235,222
Wennappuwa – No. 262, 264, Colombo Road, Wennappuwa 36 9,226 42,000 28,000 69,034 58,315
Total     4,797,273 2,534,238 7,242,924 5,634,136

37.5 (b) Information on Valuation of Freehold Land and Buildings of the Bank

[As required by the Rule No. 7.6 (viii) of the ‘Continuing Listing Requirements’ of the Colombo Stock Exchange and the SLFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’]

Date of Valuation: December 31, 2014

Name of Professional Valuer/Location and Address of Property Method of Valuation and Significant Unobservable Inputs Range of Estimates for Unobservable Inputs Net Book Value before Revaluation of Revalued Amount of Revaluation Gain/(Loss) Recognised on
Land Buildings Land Buildings Land Buildings
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Mr. H.M.N. Herath                
Chilaw
No. 44, Colombo Road,Chilaw
Market comparable method   61,750 64,791 63,522 38,000 1,772 (26,791)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,800,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 4,250 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
5%            
Gampaha
No. 51, Queen Mary’s Road, Gampaha
Market comparable method   51,658 9,805 57,575 10,541 5,917 736
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,750,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,750 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
40%            
Minuwangoda
No. 42, Siriwardena Mawatha, Minuwangoda
Market comparable method   37,500 34,155 31,250 17,690 (6,250) (16,465)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,250,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 4,250 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
25%            
Mr. K.C.B. Condegama              
Maharagama
No. 154, High Level Road, Maharagama
Market comparable method   62,125 38,890 53,250 31,750 (8,875) (7,140)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 3,000,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,750 p.sq.ft.            
Nugegoda
No. 100, Stanley Thilakaratne Mawatha, Nugegoda
Market comparable method   195,000 39,221 156,000 41,000 (39,000) 1,779
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 4,000,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,800 p.sq.ft.            
Wellawatte
No. 343, Galle Road, Colombo 6
Market comparable method   204,100 31,122 249,520 50,480 45,420 19,358
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 5,000,000 to Rs. 6,000,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,800 p.sq.ft.            
Mr. P.B. Kalugalagedara              
Keyzer Street
No. 32, Keyzer Street, Colombo 11
Market comparable method   45,000 23,128 56,000 26,000 11,000 2,872
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 7,500,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 500 to Rs. 6,000 p.sq.ft.            
Kollupitiya
No. 285, Galle Road, Colombo 3
Market comparable method   100,000 58,283 115,000 65,000 15,000 6,717
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 7,500,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 1,250 to Rs. 5,000 p.sq.ft.            
Kotahena
No. 198, George R. De Silva Mawatha, Kotahena, Colombo 13
Market comparable method   110,000 204,958 140,000 207,400 30,000 2,442
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 5,000,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 1,000 to Rs. 7,750 p.sq.ft.            
Modara
No. 160, St. James Street, Colombo 15
Market comparable method   22,300 34,000 11,700
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 2,000,000 p.p.            
Mr. R.S. Wijesuriya                
Battaramulla
No. 213, Kaduwela Road, Battaramula
Market comparable method   24,518 55,348 52,500 87,375 27,983 32,026
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 3,750,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 7,500 p.sq.ft.            
Battaramulla
No. 213, Kaduwela Road, Battaramula
Market comparable method   52,399 50,000 (2,399)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 3,750,000 p.p.            
Panadura
No. 375, Galle Road, Panadura
Market comparable method   18,450 16,787 30,750 40,090 12,300 23,305
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 2,500,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 6,500 p.sq.ft.            
Mr. S.A.S. Fernando              
Galle City
No. 130, Main Street, Galle
Market comparable method   33,750 6,527 40,500 8,269 6,750 1,742
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 6,000,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,250 p.sq.ft.            
Galle Fort
No. 22, Church Street, Fort, Galle
Market comparable method   100,000 46,256 210,000 40,000 110,000 (6,256)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 2,100,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,440 p.sq.ft.            
Hikkaduwa
No. 217, Galle Road, Hikkaduwa
Market comparable method   16,740 20,778 26,370 24,608 9,630 3,830
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 500,000 to Rs. 850,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,750 to Rs. 3,500 p.sq.ft.            
Matara
No. 18, Station Road, Matara
Market comparable method   28,154 22,315 50,695 25,291 22,540 2,976
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 750,000 to Rs. 1,750,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,750 to Rs. 3,500 p.sq.ft.            
Trincomalee
No. 474, Power House Road, Trincomalee
Market comparable method   75,000 90,300 15,300
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 900,000 p.p.            
Mr. S.T. Sanmuganathan              
Jaffna
No. 474, Hospital Road, Jaffna
Investment method   272,135 11,321 581,000 19,000 308,865 7,679
  • Gross Monthly Rental
Rs. 7,500,000 p.m.            
  • Years purchase (Present value of 1 unit per period)
10            
  • Void period
2 months p.a.            
Mr. Sarath G. Fernando              
Holiday Bungalow – Bandarawela
Ambatenne Estate, Bandarawela
Market comparable method   51,400 10,036 56,700 11,400 5,300 1,364
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 50,000 to Rs. 200,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,750 to Rs. 4,500 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
50%            
Holiday Bungalow – Haputale
No. 23, Lilly Avenue, Welimada Road, Haputale
Market comparable method   25,700 13,013 30,900 15,300 5,200 2,287
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 150,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,250 to Rs. 6,500 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
20% to 55%            
Kandy
No. 120, Kotugodella Veediya, Kandy
Market comparable method   342,000 207,953 354,000 231,000 12,000 23,047
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 8,500,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 5,750 to Rs. 9,500 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
30% & 35%            
Kegalle
No.186, Main Street, Kegalle
Market comparable method   115,000 6,300 128,000 7,000 13,000 700
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,000,000 to Rs. 2,500,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 5,500 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
50%            
Matale
No. 70, King Street, Matale
Market comparable method   60,000 57,358 75,000 60,000 15,000 2,642
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,500,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 8,750 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
20%            
Nuwara-Eliya
No. 36/3, Buddha Jayanthi Mawatha, Nuwara-Eliya
Market comparable method   72,000 63,834 82,000 71,000 10,000 7,166
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,000,000 to Rs. 2,000,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 8,750 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
20%            
Mr. Siri Nissanka                
Borella
No. 92, D.S. Senanayake Mawatha, Colombo 08.
Market comparable method   70,335 55,996 156,300 198,700 85,965 142,704
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 10,000,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 11,000 p.sq.ft.            
CEO’s Bungalow
No. 27, Queens Road, Colombo 03
Market comparable method   416,650 4,809 544,850 15,150 128,200 10,341
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 8,500,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,750 p.sq.ft.            
Narahenpita
No. 201, Kirula Road, Narahenpita,Colombo 05
Market comparable method   99,225 63,714 132,300 87,700 33,075 23,986
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 6,000,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 7,850 p.sq.ft.            
Pettah – Main Street
No. 280, Main Street, Pettah, Colombo 11
Market comparable method   169,370 69,299 280,000 69,299 110,629
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 14,000,000 p.p.            
Union Place
No. 1, Union Place, Colombo 02
Market comparable method   360,000 576,148 450,000 750,000 90,000 173,852
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 15,000,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 12,000 p.sq.ft.            
Mr. W.D.P. Rupananda              
Ja-Ela
No. 140, Negombo Road, Ja-Ela
Market comparable method   23,188 15,554 29,000 21,000 5,812 5,446
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 2,250,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,500 to Rs. 4,500 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
30%            
Negombo
No. 24, 26, Fernando Avenue, Negombo
Market comparable method   49,500 24,440 73,000 31,000 23,500 6,560
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,500,000 to Rs. 2,200,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,500 to Rs. 4,250 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
25%            
Pettah
People’s Park Shopping Complex, Colombo 11
Investment method   45,723 58,000 12,277
  • Gross monthly rental
Rs. 23,200 toRs. 160,000 p.m.            
  • Years purchase (Present value of 1 unit per period)
18.18            
  • Void period
4 months p.a.            
Pettah
People’s Park Shopping Complex, Colombo 11
Investment method   3,521 4,800 1,279
  • Gross monthly rental
Rs. 36,000 p.m.            
  • Years purchase (Present value of 1 unit per period)
18.18            
  • Void period
4 months p.a.            
Wennappuwa
No. 262, 264, Colombo Road, Wennappuwa
Market comparable method   37,500 20,815 42,000 28,000 4,500 7,185
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,400,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,250 to Rs. 4,500 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
25%            
Mr. W.S. Pemaratne              
Galewela
No. 49/57, Matale Road, Galewela
Market comparable method   19,800 12,212 22,275 15,225 2,475 3,013
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 225,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,250 to Rs. 3,500 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
15%            
Kurunegala
No. 4, Suratissa Mawatha, Kurunegala
Market comparable method   140,000 78,636 199,325 34,675 59,325 (43,961)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 3,500,000 to Rs. 4,150,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,000 to Rs. 4,250 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
10%            
Narammala
No. 55, Negombo Road, Narammala
Market comparable method   44,550 14,293 53,391 16,609 8,842 2,315
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,300,000 p.p.            
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,500 p.sq.ft.            
  • Depreciation rate
5%            
Total     3,606,797 2,027,339 4,797,273 2,458,352 1,190,476 431,013

p.p. - per perchp.sq.ft. - per square footp.m. - per month

Description of the above valuation techniques together with narrative descriptions on sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in significant unobservable inputs are tabulated below:

Valuation Technique Significant unobservable valuation inputs (ranges of each property are given in the table above) Sensitivity of the fair value measurement to inputs
Market comparable method
This method considers the selling price of a similar property within a reasonably recent period of time in determining the fair value of the property being revalued. This involves evaluation of recent active market prices of similar assets, making appropriate adjustments for differences in size, nature, location, condition of specific property. In this process, outlier transactions, indicative of particularly motivated buyers or sellers are too compensated for since the price may not adequately reflect the fair market value.
Price per perch for land Price per squire foot for building Depreciation rate for building Estimated fair value would increase (decrease) if; Price per perch would higher (lower) Price per squire feet would higher (lower) Depreciation rate for building would lower (higher)
Investment method
This method involves the capitalisation of the expected rental income at an appropriate rate of years purchased currently characterised by the real estate market.
Gross Annual Rentals Years purchase (Present value of 1 unit per period) Void period Estimated fair value would increase (decrease) if; Gross Annual Rentals would higher(lower) Years purchase would higher (lower) Void period would lower (higher)

37.6 Title Restriction on Property, Plant & Equipment

There were no restrictions existed on the title of the Property, Plant & Equipment of the Group/Bank as at the Reporting date.

37.7 Property, Plant & Equipment Pledged as Security for Liabilities

There were no items of Property, Plant & Equipment pledged as securities for liabilities as at the Reporting date.

37.8 Compensation from Third Parties for Items of Property, Plant & Equipment

The compensation received/receivable from third parties for items of Property, Plant & Equipment that were impaired, lost or given up at the Reporting date of the Bank are as follows.

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Total claims lodged 1,702 4,299
Total claims received (402) (2,276)
Total claims rejected (643) (985)
Total claims receivable 657 1,038

37.9 Fully Depreciated Property, Plant & Equipment

The cost of fully-depreciated Property, Plant & Equipment of the Bank which are still in use is as follows:

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Computer equipment 1,823,142 1,965,926
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures 1,542,990 1,550,010
Motor vehicles 27,369 26,477

37.10 Temporarily Idle Property, Plant & Equipment

Following Property, Plant & Equipment of the Bank were temporarily idle (until the assets issued to business units).

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Computer equipment 349,244 112,246
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures 122,796 69,729

37.11 Property, Plant & Equipment Retired from Active Use

Following Property, Plant & Equipment of the Bank were retired from active use.

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Computer equipment 304,820 89,833
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures 207,949 58,413
Motor vehicles 417 214

37.12 Borrowing Costs

There were no capitalised borrowing costs related to the acquisition of Property, Plant & Equipment during the year 2015 (2014 – Nil).

38. Intangible Assets

The Group’s intangible assets include the value of acquired goodwill and computer software.

Basis of Recognition

An intangible asset is recognised if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the entity and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 38 on ‘Intangible Assets’.

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is their fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, these assets are stated in the Statement of Financial Position at cost, less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

Subsequent Expenditure

Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.

Useful Economic Lives, Amortisation and Impairment

The useful economic lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. The Group does not possess intangible assets with indefinite useful economic lives. Useful economic lives, amortisation and impairment of finite and indefinite intangible assets are described below:

  • Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Amortisation

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic lives. The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at each Reporting date. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates, which require prospective application. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is expensed as incurred.

  • Goodwill

Goodwill that arises on the acquisition of Subsidiaries is presented with intangible assets (Refer Note 5.1.1). Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for non-controlling interests, and any previous interest held, over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Subsequent to initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units.

  • Computer Software

Software acquired by the Group is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Expenditure on internally developed software is recognised as an asset when the Group is able to demonstrate its intention and ability to complete the development and use the software in a manner that will generate future economic benefits, and can reliably measure the costs to complete the development. The capitalised costs of internally developed software include all costs directly attributable to developing the software and capitalised borrowing costs, and are amortised over its useful life. Internally developed software is stated at capitalised cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.

  • Research and Development Costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures on an individual project are recognised as an intangible asset when the Group can demonstrate:

The technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that the asset will be available for use or sale.

Its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset.

The asset will generate future economic benefits.

The availability of resources to complete the asset.

The ability to measure reliably the expenditure during development.

The ability to use the intangible asset generated.

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the asset is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

As at the Reporting date, the Group does not have development costs capitalised as an internally-generated intangible asset.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Computer Software [Refer Note 38.1] 316,864 397,644 308,531 389,096
Software under development [Refer Note 38.2] 167,125 58,541 157,429 50,032
Goodwill arising on business combination [Refer Note 35.2.3] 400,045 400,045
Total 884,034 856,230 465,960 439,128

38.1 Computer Software

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation        
Balance as at January 01, 1,629,086 1,479,951 1,618,429 1,479,171
Computer software acquired on business combination 9,800
Additions during the year 99,407 139,387 98,414 139,310
Disposals during the year (70)
Exchange rate variance 2,754 (52) 2,754 (52)
Transfers/adjustments (8) (8)
Balance as at December 31, 1,731,169 1,629,086 1,719,589 1,618,429
Accumulated Amortisation and Impairment Losses        
Balance as at January 01, 1,231,442 1,056,718 1,229,333 1,056,503
Accumulated amortisation assumed on business combination 1,395
Amortisation for the year [Refer Note 19] 180,558 173,373 179,370 172,874
Impairment loss
Disposals during the year (50)
Exchange rate variance 2,363 (44) 2,363 (44)
Transfers/adjustments (8) (8)
Balance as at December 31, 1,414,305 1,231,442 1,411,058 1,229,333
Net book value as at December 31, 316,864 397,644 308,531 389,096

38.2 Software Under Development

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation        
Balance as at January 01, 58,541 54,495 50,032 44,925
Additions during the year 124,901 43,676 123,537 43,676
Disposals during the year
Exchange rate variance (177) (1,061)
Transfers/adjustments (16,140) (38,569) (16,140) (38,569)
Balance as at December 31, 167,125 58,541 157,429 50,032

There were no restrictions existed on the title of the intangible assets of the Group/Bank as at the Reporting date. Further, there were no items pledged as securities for liabilities. There were no capitalised borrowing costs related to the acquisition of intangible assets during the year 2015 (2014 – Nil).

The maturity analysis of Intangible Assets is given in Note 60.

39. Leasehold Property

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation,        
Balance as at January 01, 128,700 128,700 84,840 84,840
Additions during the year
Balance as at December 31, 128,700 128,700 84,840 84,840
Accumulated Amortisation        
Balance as at January 01, 19,828 18,376 9,420 8,478
Amortisation for the year [Refer Note 19] 1,452 1,452 942 942
Balance as at December 31, 21,280 19,828 10,362 9,420
Net book value as at December 31, 107,420 108,872 74,478 75,420

The carrying amount of revalued assets that would have been included in the Financial Statements had the assets been carried at cost less depreciation/amortisation is as follows:

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 Cost Accumulated
Amortisation
Net Book
Value
Cost Accumulated
Amortisation
Net Book
Value
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Class of Asset            
Leasehold Land 23,715 6,588 17,127 14,846 3,633 11,213
Total 23,715 6,588 17,127 14,846 3,633 11,213

 

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 Cost Accumulated
Amortisation
Net Book
Value
Cost Accumulated
Amortisation
Net Book
Value
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Class of Asset            
Leasehold Land 23,715 6,348 17,367 14,846 3,483 11,363
Total 23,715 6,348 17,367 14,846 3,483 11,363

The maturity analysis of Leasehold Property is given in Note 60.

40. Other Assets

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Receivables 11,290 19,709 11,290 19,709
Deposits and prepayments 1,426,519 1,399,469 1,434,714 1,402,587
Clearing account balance 4,811,743 4,078,542 4,811,743 4,078,542
Unamortised cost on staff loans (Day 1 difference) 2,696,643 2,857,759 2,696,643 2,857,759
Other accounts 3,150,822 2,204,951 3,140,201 2,183,220
Total 12,097,017 10,560,430 12,094,591 10,541,817

The maturity analysis of Other Assets is given in Note 60.

41. Due to Banks

These represent call money borrowings, credit balances in Nostro Accounts and borrowings from banks. Subsequent to initial recognition, these are measured at their amortised cost using the EIR method. Interest paid/payable on these borrowings is recognised in profit or loss.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Borrowings 30,975,857 23,326,066 29,505,580 22,918,017
Local currency borrowings 1,459,600 407,187
Foreign currency borrowings 29,516,257 22,918,879 29,505,580 22,918,017
Securities sold under repurchase (Repo) agreements (*) 813,539 2,342,959 813,539 2,342,959
Total 31,789,396 25,669,025 30,319,119 25,260,976

(*) Securities sold under repurchase (Repo) agreements are shown on the face of the Statement of Financial Position except for the Repos with banks.

The maturity analysis of Due to Banks is given in Note 60.

42. Derivative Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as held-for-trading, if they are incurred principally for the purpose of repurchasing in the near term or holds as a part of a portfolio that is managed together for short term profit or position taking.

This category includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. Separated embedded derivatives are also classified as held-for-trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments.

Derivatives are recorded at fair value and carried as liabilities when their fair value is negative. Gains or losses on financial liabilities held-for-trading are recognised in the Income Statement.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Foreign currency derivatives        
Currency swaps 791,199 823,596 791,199 823,596
Forward contracts 1,098,002 368,886 1,098,002 368,886
Spot contracts 1,569 657 1,569 657
Total 1,890,770 1,193,139 1,890,770 1,193,139

The maturity analysis of Derivative Financial Liabilities is given in Note 60.

43. Due to Other Customers/Deposits from Customers

These include non-interest-bearing deposits, savings deposits, term deposits, deposits payable at call and certificates of deposit. Subsequent to initial recognition deposits are measured at their amortised cost using the EIR method, except where the Group designates liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Interest paid/payable on these deposits is recognised in profit or loss.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Local currency deposits 455,729,976 401,872,201 455,810,569 401,967,097
Current account balances 38,689,812 34,311,477 38,692,706 34,317,565
Savings deposits 196,605,341 164,462,225 196,631,547 164,521,655
Time deposits 219,882,652 202,162,715 219,934,145 202,192,093
Certificates of deposit 552,171 935,784 552,171 935,784
Foreign currency deposits 168,291,241 127,394,387 168,291,241 127,394,387
Current account balances 14,699,065 10,809,389 14,699,065 10,809,389
Savings deposits 60,128,349 46,467,745 60,128,349 46,467,745
Time deposits 93,463,827 70,117,253 93,463,827 70,117,253
Total 624,021,217 529,266,588 624,101,810 529,361,484

43.1 Analysis of due to Customers/Deposits from Customers

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
(a) By product        
Current account balances 53,388,877 45,120,866 53,391,771 45,126,954
Savings deposits 256,733,690 210,929,970 256,759,896 210,989,400
Time deposits 313,346,479 272,279,968 313,397,972 272,309,346
Certificates of deposit 552,171 935,784 552,171 935,784
Sub total 624,021,217 529,266,588 624,101,810 529,361,484
         
(b) By currency        
Sri Lankan Rupee 455,729,976 401,872,201 455,810,569 401,967,097
United States Dollar 112,704,677 78,352,927 112,704,677 78,352,927
Great Britain Pound 8,194,138 7,567,161 8,194,138 7,567,161
Euro 32,679,287 25,425,565 32,679,287 25,425,565
Australian Dollar 5,653,284 7,935,496 5,653,284 7,935,496
Bangladesh Taka 7,605,532 6,800,927 7,605,532 6,800,927
Other currencies 1,454,323 1,312,311 1,454,323 1,312,311
Sub total 624,021,217 529,266,588 624,101,810 529,361,484
         
(c) By institution/customers        
Deposits from banks 9,177,616 766,916 9,177,616 766,916
Deposits from finance companies 8,551,835 5,406,461 8,551,835 5,406,461
Deposits from other customers 606,291,766 523,093,211 606,372,359 523,188,107
Sub total 624,021,217 529,266,588 624,101,810 529,361,484

The maturity analysis of Deposits from Customers is given in Note 60.

Deposits – Local Currency – Bank

Deposits – Foreign Currency – Bank

44. Other Borrowings

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Refinance borrowings 4,434,582 4,857,361 4,434,582 4,857,361
Borrowings from International Finance Corporation (IFC) 5,551,055 6,779,222 5,551,055 6,779,222
Total 9,985,637 11,636,583 9,985,637 11,636,583

The maturity analysis of Other Borrowings is given in Note 60.

45. Current Tax Liabilities

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 2,037,388 1,780,867 1,997,990 1,758,574
Tax payable assumed on business combination 7,200
Provision for the year 5,185,218 4,484,017 5,094,781 4,424,113
(Over)/under provision 1,700 10,920 1,701 11,041
Self-assessment payments (3,376,261) (3,036,746) (3,271,753) (2,988,916)
Notional tax credits (*) (900,495) (1,080,686) (899,563) (1,079,038)
Withholding tax/other credits (43,681) (126,348) (42,965) (125,948)
Exchange rate variance 121,793 (1,836) 121,793 (1,836)
Balance as at December 31, 3,025,662 2,037,388 3,001,984 1,997,990

(*) Notional Tax Credit for Withholding Tax on Government Securities on Secondary Market Transactions

As per Section 137 of the Inland Revenue Act No. 10 of 2006 and amendments thereto, a company engaged in secondary market transactions involving Government Securities, Treasury Bills or Treasury Bonds on which Income Tax had been deducted at 10% per annum at the time of issue of such securities, is entitled to a notional tax credit of one-ninth of Net Interest Income earned from such secondary market transactions.

The maturity analysis of Current Tax Liabilities is given in Note 60.

46. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

46.1 Summary of Net Deferred Tax Liability

  GROUP BANK
2015 2014 2015 2014
  Temporary
Difference
Tax Effect Temporary
Difference
Tax Effect Temporary
Difference
Tax Effect Temporary
Difference
Tax Effect
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 10,435,227 2,876,199 6,407,851 1,763,414 9,355,101 2,573,760 5,692,341 1,563,070
Deferred tax liabilities assumed on business combination 168,900 47,293
Amount originating/(reversing) to Income Statement 268,938 89,933 490,269 122,187 461,836 143,905 485,610 120,881
Amount originating/(reversing) to Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (8,838,782) (2,474,859) 3,368,207 943,098 (8,847,675) (2,477,349) 3,177,150 889,602
Tax effect on pre-acquisition reserves
Deferred tax on re-classification of revaluation surplus to revaluation reserve (49,786) (13,940)
Statement of change equity restatement                
Exchange rate variance (9,701) 207 (9,701) 207
Balance as at December 31, 1,815,597 467,632 10,435,227 2,876,199 969,262 230,615 9,355,101 2,573,760

46.2 Reconciliation of Net Deferred Tax Liability – Group

  Statement ofFinancial Position Income Statement Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
For the year ended/as at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Deferred Tax Liabilities on:            
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes – Own assets 371,955 373,175 1,220 33,651
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes – Leased assets 1,873,011 1,581,816 (291,195) (253,603)
Revaluation surplus on freehold buildings 746,234 780,357 20,183 15,107 (174,239)
Tax effect on actuarial gains on defined benefit plans 26,458 3,584 (22,874) (1,522)
Unrealised gain/(loss) on Available-for-Sale (AFS) portfolio (1,679,467) 792,513 2,471,980 (792,513)
Effective interest rate on deposits 2,585 3,398 813 (3,398)
Effect of exchange rate variance (11,447) 207 1,746
  1,340,776 3,534,843 (280,426) (208,036) 2,450,852 (968,274)
Deferred Tax Assets on:            
Finance leases 203 (203) (1,801)
Defined benefit plans 332,194 281,040 51,154 35,477
Tax effect on actuarial losses on defined benefit plans 23,975 15,801 8,174 6,060
Provision on credit card advances
Specific provision on lease receivable 56,254 56,254
Leave encashment 168,232 160,990 7,242 7,382
Tax effect on actuarial losses on leave encashment 34,949 19,116 15,833 19,116
Straight lining on lease rentals 28,463 19,222 9,241 10,483
De-recognition of commission income 81,016 70,662 10,354 31,248
Equity-settled share-based payments 62,532 62,532
Impairment provision 85,529 35,356 50,173 4,679
Carried forward tax loss on leasing business (1,619)
  873,144 658,644 190,493 85,849 24,007 25,176
Deferred tax effect on Income Statement and Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year     (89,933) (122,187) 2,474,859 (943,098)
Net deferred tax liability as at December 31, 467,632 2,876,199        

46.3 Reconciliation of Net Deferred Tax Liability – Bank

  Statement ofFinancial Position Income Statement Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
For the year ended/as at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Deferred Tax Liabilities on:            
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes – Own assets 332,042 330,867 (1,175) 35,627
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes – Leased assets 1,816,321 1,525,524 (290,797) (251,307)
Revaluation surplus on freehold buildings 513,721 533,651 19,930 14,960 (120,684)
Tax effect on actuarial gains on defined benefit plans 23,301 3,059 (20,242) (1,549)
Unrealised gain/(loss) on Available-for-Sale (AFS) portfolio (1,679,454) 792,511 2,471,965 (792,511)
Effective interest rate on deposits 2,585 3,398 813 (3,398)
Effect of exchange rate variance (11,447) 207 1,746
  1,008,516 3,189,010 (282,676) (203,911) 2,453,469 (914,744)
Deferred Tax Assets on:            
Finance leases
Defined benefit plans 322,835 273,433 49,402 33,917
Tax effect on actuarial losses on defined benefit plans 23,620 15,573 8,047 6,026
Specific provision on lease receivable 56,254 56,254
Leave encashment 168,232 160,990 7,242 7,382
Tax effect on actuarial losses on leave encashment 34,949 19,116 15,833 19,116
Straight lining of lease rentals 28,463 19,222 9,241 10,483
De-recognition of commission income 81,016 70,662 10,354 31,248
Equity-settled share-based payments 62,532 62,532
  777,901 615,250 138,771 83,030 23,880 25,142
Deferred tax effect on Income Statement and Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year     (143,905) (120,881) 2,477,349 (889,602)
Net deferred tax liability as at December 31, 230,615 2,573,760        

The maturity analysis of Deferred Tax Liabilities is given in Note 60.

46.4 Potential Impact of Income Tax Rate Change;

A change in the Income Tax Rate has been recommended by the Government Budget for 2016 which was approved by the Parliament on December 19, 2015 as follows:

Company Current Rate Revised Rate
  % %
Commercial Bank of Ceylon PLC 28 30
Commercial Development Company PLC 28 15
Onezero Company Ltd. 28 15
Serendib Finance Ltd. 28 30

Since the New Tax Rates had not been published through a gazette by the Parliament as at the Reporting date, being December 31, 2015, the new rate was not considered to be substanially enacted as at that date. Accordingly, the Group/Bank has provided for Deferred Taxation at the existing rate of 28% in the Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The potential impact on the deferred tax had the Group/Bank applied the proposed rate as above is shown below:

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2015
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Deferred Tax Liabilities    
Balance as at January 01, 3,534,843 3,189,010
Deferred tax liabilities reversed during the year recongised in Income Statement 362,102 476,149
Deferred tax liabilities reversed during the year recognised in Statement of Other Comprehensive Income (2,573,533) (2,574,690)
Balance as at December 31, 1,323,412 1,090,469
Deferred Tax Assets    
Balance as at January 01, 658,644 615,250
Deferred tax assets reversed during the year recongised in Income Statement 235,656 181,634
Deferred tax assets reversed during the year recognised in Statement of Other Comprehensive Income 28,025 28,063
Balance as at December 31, 922,325 824,947
Net Deferred Tax Liability 401,087 265,522

47. Other Provisions

A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognised in ‘Interest Expense’ in profit or loss.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Provision for claims payable 1,874 1,874 1,874 1,874
Total 1,874 1,874 1,874 1,874

The maturity analysis of Other Provisions is given in Note 60.

48. Other Liabilities

Other liabilities include provisions made on account of interest, fees and expenses, gratuity/pensions, leave encashment and other provisions. These liabilities are recorded at amounts expected to be payable at the Reporting date.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Accrued expenditure 2,029,007 1,883,392 2,015,485 1,869,538
Cheques sent on clearing 4,811,743 4,015,967 4,811,743 4,015,967
Provision for gratuity payable [Refer Note 48.1 (b)] 886,648 748,969 863,230 720,520
Provision for unfunded pension scheme [Refer Note 48.2 (b)] 219,283 203,458 219,283 203,458
Provision for Leave Encashment [Refer Note 48.3 (b)] 725,647 643,238 725,647 643,238
Payable on oil hedging transactions 894,302 819,854 894,302 819,854
Other payables 6,182,554 9,355,025 6,018,469 9,170,956
Total 15,749,184 17,669,903 15,548,159 17,443,531

The maturity analysis of Other Liabilities is given in Note 60.

48.1 Provision for Gratuity Payable

An actuarial valuation of the retirement gratuity payable was carried out as at December 31, 2015 by Mr. M. Poopalanathan, AIA, of Messrs Actuarial & Management Consultants (Pvt) Ltd., a firm of professional Actuaries. The valuation method used by the Actuaries to value the liability is the ‘Projected Unit Credit Method (PUC)’, the method recommended by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

48.1 (a) Actuarial Assumptions
Type of Assumption Criteria Description
Demographic Mortality - In service A 67/70 Mortality table issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London
  Staff Turnover The staff turnover rate at an age represents the probability of an employee leaving within one year of that age due to reasons other than death, ill health and normal retirement. The same withdrawal rates which were used in the last valuation (as at December 31, 2014) to determine the liabilities of the active employees in the gratuity, were used in the actuarial valuation carried out as at December 31, 2015.
  Normal retirement age The employees who are aged over the specified retirement age have been assumed to retire on their respective next birthdays.
Financial Rate of discount Sri Lankan operation
In the absence of a deep market in long term bonds in Sri Lanka, a long term interest rate of 10.50% p.a. (2014 – 9.50% p.a.) has been used to discount future liabilities considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
    Bangladesh operation
In the absence of long term high quality corporate bonds or Government bonds with the term that matches liabilities a long term interest rate of 9% p.a. (2014 – 10% p.a.) has been used to discount future liabilities considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
  Salary increases Sri Lankan operation
A salary increment of 10% p.a. (2014 – 9% p.a.) has been used in respect of the active employees. Bangladesh operation A salary increment of 10% p.a. (2014 – 9% p.a.) has been used in respect of the active employees.
48.1 (b) Movement in the Provision for Gratuity Payable
  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 748,969 624,642 720,520 604,324
Gratuity payable assumed on business combination 1,977
Expense recognised in the income statement [Refer Note 48.1 (c)] 178,347 145,284 171,451 138,533
Exchange rate variance 14,579 (381) 14,579 (381)
Amount paid during the year (28,194) (17,245) (25,017) (16,423)
Gain/(loss) recognised in other comprehensive income (27,053) (5,308) (18,303) (5,533)
Balance as at December 31, 886,648 748,969 863,230 720,520
48.1 (c) Expense Recognised in the Income Statement – Gratuity
  GROUP BANK
For the year ended/as at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest cost 73,745 62,456 70,160 60,340
Current service cost 104,602 82,828 101,291 78,193
Total 178,347 145,284 171,451 138,533
48.1 (d) Sensitivity Analysis on Actuarial Valuation

The following table illustrates the impact of the possible changes in the discount rate and salary escalation rates on the gratuity valuation of the Group and the Bank as at December 31, 2015:

  Group Bank
Variable Sensitivity Effect on Statement of
Financial Position (Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
Sensitivity Effect on Statement of
Financial Position (Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
1% increase in discount rate (134,524) (132,973)
1% decrease in discount rate 168,935 167,209
1% increase in salary escalation rate 172,151 170,403
1% decrease in salary escalation rate (139,066) (137,470)

48.2 Provision for Unfunded Pension Scheme

An actuarial valuation of the unfunded pension liability was carried out as at December 31, 2015 by Mr. M. Poopalanathan, AIA, of Messrs Actuarial & Management Consultants (Pvt) Ltd., a firm of professional actuaries. The valuation method used by the actuary to value the liability is the ‘Projected Unit Credit Method (PUC)’, the method recommended by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

48.2 (a) Actuarial Assumptions
Type of Assumption Criteria Description
Demographic Mortality – In service A 1967/70 Mortality table issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London.
  After retirement A (90) Annuities table (Males and Females) issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London.
  Staff turnover The withdrawal rate at an age represents the probability of an active employee leaving within one year of that age due to reasons other than death, ill health and normal retirement. The same withdrawal rates which were used in the last valuation (as at December 31, 2014) to determine the liabilities of the active employees in the funded scheme, were used in the actuarial valuation carried out as at December 31, 2015.
  Disability Assumptions similar to those used in other comparable schemes for disability were used as the data required to do a ‘scheme specific’ study was not available.
  Normal retirement age 55 or 60 years as indicated in the data file of active employees.
Financial Rate of discount In the absence of a deep market in long term bonds in Sri Lanka, a long term interest rate of 10.50% p.a. (2014 – 9.50% p.a.) has been used to discount future liabilities considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
  Salary increases A salary increment of 10% p.a. (2014 – 9% p.a.) has been used in respect of the active employees.
  Post-retirement pension increase rate There is no agreed rate of increase even though the pension payments are subject to periodic increases, and increases are granted solely at the discretion of the Bank. Therefore, no specific rate was assumed for this valuation.
48.2 (b) Movement in the Provision for Unfunded Pension Scheme
  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 203,458 191,541 203,458 191,541
Expense recognised in the income statement [Refer Note 48.2 (c)] 19,329 19,154 19,329 19,154
Amount paid during the year (32,245) (28,756) (32,245) (28,756)
Gain/(loss) recognised in other comprehensive income 28,741 21,519 28,741 21,519
Balance as at December 31, 219,283 203,458 219,283 203,458
48.2 (c) Expense Recognised in the Income Statement – Unfunded Pension Scheme
  GROUP BANK
For the year ended/as at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest cost 19,329 19,154 19,329 19,154
Current service cost
Total 19,329 19,154 19,329 19,154
48.2 (d) Sensitivity Analysis on Actuarial Valuation – Unfunded Pension Scheme

The following table illustrates the impact of the possible change in the discount rate and salary escalation rate in the unfunded pension scheme valuation of the Bank as at December 31, 2015.

  Group Bank
Variable Sensitivity Effect on Statement of
Financial Position (Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
Sensitivity Effect on Statement of
Financial Position (Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
1% increase in discount rate (8,714) (8,714)
1% decrease in discount rate 9,540 9,540
1% increase in salary escalation rate
1% decrease in salary escalation rate

48.3 Provision for Leave Encashment

An actuarial valuation of the leave encashment liability was carried out as at December 31, 2015 by Mr. M. Poopalanathan, AIA, of Messrs Actuarial & Management Consultants (Pvt) Ltd., a firm of professional actuaries. The valuation method used by the actuaries to value the liability is the ‘Projected Unit Credit Method (PUC)’, the method recommended by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

48.3 (a) Actuarial Assumptions
Type of Assumption Criteria Description
Demographic Mortality – In service A 67/70 Mortality table issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London
  Staff turnover The probability of a member withdrawing from the scheme within a year of ages between 20 to 55 years.
  Disability The probability of a member becoming disabled within a year of ages between 20 and 55 years.
Financial Rate of discount In the absence of a deep market in long term bonds in Sri Lanka, a long term interest rate of 10.5% p.a. (2014 – 9.5% p.a.) has been used to discount future liabilities considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
  Salary increases A salary increment of 10% p.a. (2014 – 9% p.a.) has been used in respect of the active employees.
48.3 (b) Movement in the Provision for Leave Encashment
  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 643,238 548,601 643,238 548,601
Expense recognised in the income statement [Refer Note 48.3 (c)] 61,108 54,860 61,108 54,860
Amount paid during the year (35,243) (28,496) (35,243) (28,496)
Gain/(loss) recognised in other comprehensive income 56,544 68,273 56,544 68,273
Balance as at December 31, 725,647 643,238 725,647 643,238
48.3 (c) Expense Recognised in the Income Statement – Leave Encashment
  GROUP BANK
For the year ended 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest cost 61,108 54,860 61,108 54,860
Current service cost
Total 61,108 54,860 61,108 54,860
48.3 (d) Sensitivity Analysis on Actuarial Valuation – Leave Encashment

The following table illustrates the impact of the possible change in the discount rates and salary escalation rates on account of leave encashment liability of the Bank as at December 31, 2015.

  Group Bank
Variable Sensitivity Effect on Statement of
Financial Position (Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
Sensitivity Effect on Statement of
Financial Position (Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
1% increase in discount rate (86,623) (86,623)
1% decrease in discount rate 106,143 106,143
1% increase in salary escalation rate 109,041 109,041
1% decrease in salary escalation rate (90,347) (90,347)

48.4 Employee Retirement Benefit

Pension Fund – Defined Benefit Plan

An actuarial valuation of the Retirement Pension Fund was carried out as at December 31, 2015 by Mr. M. Poopalanathan, AIA, of Messrs Actuarial & Management Consultants (Pvt) Ltd., a firm of professional actuaries. The valuation method used by the actuaries to value the fund is the ‘Projected Unit Credit Method (PUC)’, the method recommended by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

The assets of the fund, which are independently administered by the Trustees as per the provisions of the Trust Deed are held separately from those of the Bank.

48.4 (a) Actuarial Assumptions
Type of Assumption Criteria Description
Demographic Mortality – in service A 67/70 Mortality table issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London
  After retirement A (90) Annuities table (Males & Females) issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London
  Staff Turnover The withdrawal rate at an age represents the probability of an active employee leaving within one year of that age due to reasons other than death, ill health and normal retirement. The same withdrawal rates which were used in the last valuation (as at December 31,2014) to determine the liability on account of the active employees in the funded scheme, were used in the actuarial valuation carried out as at December 31, 2015.
  Disability Assumptions similar to those used in other comparable schemes for disability were used as the data required to do a ‘scheme specific’ study was not available.
  Normal retirement age 55 or 60 years as indicated in the data file of active employees.
Financial Rate of discount In the absence of a deep market in long term bonds in Sri Lanka, a long term interest rate of 10.50% p.a. (2014 – 9.50% p.a.) has been used to discount future liabilities considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
  Salary increases A salary increment of 10% p.a. (2014 – 9% p.a.) has been used in respect of the active employees.
  Post-retirement pension increase rate There is no agreed rate of increase even though the pension payments are subject to periodic increases and increases are granted solely at the discretion of the Bank. Therefore, no specific rate was assumed for this valuation.
48.4 (b) Movement in the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligation – Bank
  2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 140,311 124,678
Interest cost 13,329 12,468
Current service cost 3,022 2,575
Benefits paid during the year (12,169) (10,003)
Actuarial loss 19,328 10,593
Balance as at December 31, 163,821 140,311
48.4. (c) Movement in the Fair Value of Plan Assets
  2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Fair value as at January 01, 125,708 117,900
Expected return on plan assets 11,943 11,790
Contribution paid into plan 1,588 1,296
Benefits paid by the plan (12,169) (10,003)
Actuarial gain on plan assets 10,238 4,725
Fair value as at December 31, 137,308 125,708
48.4 (d) Liability Recognised in the Statement of Financial Position
  2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Present value of defined benefit obligations as at January 01, 163,821 140,311
Fair value of plan assets (137,308) (125,708)
Unrecognised actuarial gains/(losses)
Net liability recognised 26,513 14,603
48.4 (e) Plan Assets Consist of the following
  2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Government Treasury Bills 1,171
Deposits held with the Bank 137,308 124,537
Total 137,308 125,708

49. Due to Subsidiaries

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Local subsidiaries        
Commercial Development Company PLC 8,500 12,079
ONEzero Company Ltd. 17,712 7,210
Serendib Finance Ltd.
Sub total 26,212 19,289
Foreign subsidiaries        
Commex Sri Lanka S.R.L. – Italy
Sub total
Total 26,212 19,289

The maturity analysis of Due to Subsidiaries is given in Note 60.

50. Subordinated Liabilities

These represent the funds borrowed by the Group for long term funding requirements. Subsequent to initial recognition these are measured at their amortised cost using the EIR method, except where the Group designates them at fair value through profit or loss. Interest paid/payable is recognised in profit or loss.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 11,098,910 10,797,660 10,883,910 10,797,660
Subordinated liabilities assumed on business combination 215,000
Amount borrowed during the year
Repayments/redemptions during the year (200,000)
Sub total 10,898,910 11,012,660 10,883,910 10,797,660
Exchange rate variance 900,000 86,250 900,000 86,250
Balance as at December 31, (before adjusting for amortised interest and transaction cost) [Refer Note 50.1] 11,798,910 11,098,910 11,783,910 10,883,910
Unamortised transaction cost (88,015) (100,225) (88,015) (100,225)
Net effect of amortised interest payable 277,377 263,888 277,377 261,090
Adjusted balance as at December 31, 11,988,272 11,262,573 11,973,272 11,044,775

Outstanding subordinated liabilities of the Bank as at December 31, 2015 consisted of Rs. 972,660 (2014 – 972,660) unsecured subordinated redeemable debentures of Rs. 1,000/- each and a subordinated loan of US$ 75.0 Mn. (2014 – US$ 75.0 Mn.) from International Finance Corporation (IFC).

50.1 Categories of Subordinated Liabilities

Categories Colombo
Stock
Exchange
Listing
Interest
Payable
Frequency
Allotment
Date
Maturity
Date
Effective Annual Yield GROUP BANK
2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014
% % Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Fixed Rate Debentures                    
2006/2016 – 13.25% p.a. Not listed Annually 16.05.2006 16.05.2016 13.25 13.25 505,000 505,000 505,000 505,000
2006/2016 – 14.00% p.a. Listed Annually 18.12.2006 18.12.2016 14.00 14.00 467,260 467,260 467,260 467,260
Floating Rate Debentures                    
2006/2016 – 12 months TB rate (Gross) + 1% p.a.(*) Listed Annually 18.12.2006 18.12.2016 7.68 10.21 400 400 400 400
Floating Rate Subordinated Loans                    
IFC Borrowings – LIBOR + 5.75%   Bi-annually 13.03.2013 14.03.2023 6.275 6.072 10,811,250 9,911,250 10,811,250 9,911,250
Subsidiaries                    
Fixed Rate Debentures                    
2011/2016 – 14.15% p.a. Not listed Monthly 25.08.2011 25.08.2016 14.15 15.10 10,000 10,000
2011/2016 – 14.15% p.a. Not listed Monthly 25.08.2011 25.08.2016 14.15 15.10 5,000 5,000
2012/2015 – 18.65% p.a. Not listed Quarterly 01.12.2012 30.11.2015 20.00 200,000
Total             11,798,910 11,098,910 11,783,910 10,883,910

(*) The 12 Months TB rate (Gross) – Twelve months Treasury Bill rate mentioned above is before deducting 10% Withholding Tax as published by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka immediately prior to the commencement of each interest period.

50.2 Subordinated Liabilities by Maturity

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Payable within one year 987,660 200,000 972,660
Payable after one year 10,811,250 10,898,910 10,811,250 10,883,910
Total 11,798,910 11,098,910 11,783,910 10,883,910

In the event of the winding-up of the issuer, the above liabilities would be subordinated to the claims of depositors and all other creditors of the issuer. The Bank has not had any defaults of principal, interest or other breaches with respect to its subordinated liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2015.

The maturity analysis of Subordinated Liabilities is given in Note 60.

51. Stated Capital

Ordinary shares in the Bank are recognised at the amount paid per ordinary share net of directly attributable issue cost.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 21,457,501 19,586,813 21,457,501 19,586,813
Issue of ordinary voting shares under the Employee Share Option Plan 237,304 340,763 237,304 340,763
Issue of ordinary shares as part of the final dividend satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares 1,559,800 1,529,925 1,559,800 1,529,925
Ordinary voting shares 1,459,666 1,431,747 1,459,666 1,431,747
Ordinary non-voting shares 100,134 98,178 100,134 98,178
Balance as at December 31, 23,254,605 21,457,501 23,254,605 21,457,501

51.1 Movement in Number of Shares

  No. of Ordinary Voting Shares No. of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares
  2015 2014 2015 2014
Balance as at January 01, 810,277,729 794,535,819 55,579,946 54,543,222
Issue of ordinary voting shares under the Employee Share Option Plan 2,170,613 3,237,566
Issue of ordinary shares as part of the final dividend satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares 8,118,773 12,504,344 719,740 1,036,724
Balance as at December 31, 820,567,115 810,277,729 56,299,686 55,579,946

The shares of Commercial Bank of Ceylon PLC are quoted in the Colombo Stock Exchange. The non-voting ordinary shares of the Bank, rank pari passu in respect of all rights with the ordinary voting shares of the Bank except voting rights on Resolutions passed at General Meetings.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at General Meetings of the Bank.

The Bank has offered an Employee Share Option Plan. Please see Note 51.2 below for details.

51.2 Employee Share Option Plan – 2008

The Bank obtained the approval of the shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on April 16, 2008, to introduce an Employee Share Option Plan for the benefit of all the Executive Officers in Grade III and above by creating up to 3% of the ordinary voting shares at the rate of 1% shares each year over a period of three to five years, upon the Bank achieving specified performance targets.

Option price is determined on the basis of the weighted average market price of Bank’s voting shares, during the period of ten market days immediately prior to each option offer date.

Number of options offered under each tranche is based on the overall performance of the Bank and the individual performance of the eligible employees in the preceding year. In the event of a rights issue of shares, capitalisation of reserves, stock splits or stock dividends by the Bank during the vesting period, the number of options offered and the price are suitably adjusted as per the applicable rules of ESOP – 2008 which have been drafted in line with the accepted market practices.

1/3 of the options offered under each tranche is vested to eligible employees after one year from the date of offer, second 1/3 of the options after two years from the date of offer and final 1/3 after three years from the date of offer as detailed below:

  Tranche I Total
Date granted April 30, 2008 April 30, 2008 April 30, 2008
Price (Rs.) – (*) 46.91 46.91 46.91
  1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options
Exercisable between April 30, 2009
to April 29, 2013
April 30, 2010
to April 29, 2014
April 30, 2011
to April 29, 2015
Original number of options 777,308 777,308 777,308 2,331,924
Additions consequent to share splits and rights issues 692,095 789,320 1,057,059 2,538,474
Number of options cancelled before vesting (52,943) (52,943) (52,943) (158,829)
Number of options vested 1,416,460 1,513,685 1,781,424 4,711,569
Options cancelled due to non-acceptance
Number of options exercised up to December 31, 2015 (1,416,460) (1,513,685) (1,781,424) (4,711,569)
Number of options to be exercised as at December 31, 2015

(*) Adjusted on account of the dividends declared in the form of issue and allotment of new shares, rights issue of shares and sub-division of shares.

  Tranche II Total
Date granted April 30, 2011 April 30, 2011 April 30, 2011
Price (Rs.) 132.23 132.23 132.23
  1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options
Exercisable between April 30, 2012
to April 29, 2016
April 30, 2013
to April 29, 2017
April 30, 2014
to April 29, 2018
Original number of options 1,213,384 1,213,384 1,213,384 3,640,152
Additions consequent to share splits and rights issues 1,213,384 1,213,384 1,213,384 3,640,152
Number of options cancelled before vesting (30,980) (41,307) (95,236) (167,523)
Number of options vested 2,395,788 2,385,461 2,331,532 7,112,781
Number of options exercised up to December 31, 2015 (859,242) (484,207) (303,150) (1,646,599)
Number of options to be exercised as at December 31, 2015 1,536,546 1,901,254 2,028,382 5,466,182

 

  Tranche III Total
Date granted April 30, 2012 April 30, 2012 April 30, 2012
Price (Rs.) 104.63 104.63 104.63
  1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options
Exercisable between April 30, 2013
to April 29, 2017
April 30, 2014
to April 29, 2018
April 30, 2015
to April 29, 2019
Original number of options 2,596,622 2,596,622 2,596,600 7,789,844
Number of options cancelled before vesting (49,704) (79,961) (129,665)
Number of options vested 2,596,622 2,546,918 2,516,639 7,660,179
Number of options exercised up to December 31, 2015 (1,526,234) (1,113,235) (689,561) (3,329,030)
Number of options to be exercised as at December 31, 2015 1,070,388 1,433,683 1,827,078 4,331,149

The Employee Share Option Plan – 2008 was exempted from the requirements of the SLFRS 2 on ‘Share-based Payment’ as it was granted prior to January 01, 2012, the effective date of the aforesaid accounting standard.

The details of Employee Share Option Plans within the scope of the SLFRS 2 on ‘Share-based Payment’ are reported in Note 52 to the Financial Statements below:

52. Share-based Payment

52.1 Description of the Share-based Payment Arrangement

As at the Reporting date, the Group had the following equity settled share-based payment arrangement which was granted after January 01, 2012, the effective date of the Accounting Standard SLFRS 2 on ‘Share-based Payment’.

Employee Share Option Plan – 2015

The Bank obtained the approval of the shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on March 31, 2015, to introduce an Employee Share Option Plan for the benefit of all executive officers in Grade 1A and above by creating up to 2% of the ordinary voting shares at the rate of 0.5% shares in the first two years and 1% shares in the last year over a period of three to five years, upon the Bank achieving specified performance targets. The performance conditions include minimum performance targets over the budget and over the industry peers and the service conditions include the fulfilment of the minimum service period as at the dates of vesting of each tranche.

Key terms and conditions related to the offer are detailed below:

  Tranches
  Tranche 1 Tranche 2 Tranche 3
% of Voting Shares Issued (Maximum) 0.5 0.5 1.0
Option Grant Date (Assumed) April 1, 2015 April 1, 2015 April 1, 2015
Exercisable between October 01, 2016 to September 30, 2019 October 01, 2017 to September 30, 2020 October 01, 2018 to September 30, 2021
Date of Vesting September 30, 2016 September 30, 2017 September 30, 2018
Vesting Conditions 1 ½ years of service from the grant date and the fulfilment of performance conditions stated above for the Financial Year 2015 2 ½ years of service from the grant date and the fulfilment of performance conditions stated above for the Financial Year 2016 3 ½ years of service from the grant date and the fulfilment of performance conditions stated above for the Financial Year 2017

All options are to be settled by physical delivery of ordinary voting shares of the Bank. There are neither cash settlement alternatives nor the Bank has a past practice of cash settlement for these type of options.

The exercise price of each tranche is computed based on a volume-weighted average market price of the Bank’s ordinary (voting)shares, during the period of thirty (30) market days, on six months prior to the date of vesting.

52.2 Measurement of Fair Value

As required by SLFRS 2 on ‘Share-based Payment’, the fair value of the ESOP 2015 was estimated at the grant date using the Binomial Valuation Model taking into consideration various terms and conditions upon which the share options are granted.

The inputs used in measurement of fair value at the grant date of ESOP 2015 were as follows:

  Tranches
Description of the Valuation Input Tranche 1 Tranche 2 Tranche 3
Expected dividend rate (%) 3.50 3.50 3.50
Risk free rate (%) 8.00 8.00 8.00
Probability of share price increase (%) 80.00 80.00 80.00
Probability of share price decrease (%) 20.00 20.00 20.00
Size of annual increase of share price (%) 20.00 20.00 20.00
Size of annual reduction in share price (%) 10.00 10.00 10.00
Exercise price (Rs.) 206.90 227.54 250.24

Share price increases stated above have been based on evaluation of the historical volatility of the Bank’s share price over past 10 years, adjusted for post war growth in All Share Price Index published by the Colombo Stock Exchange.

52.3 Reconciliation of Outstanding Share Options

There were no outstanding options of ESOP 2015 as at December 31, 2015 since the vesting date has not yet reached. [Refer Note 52.1 above].

52.4 Expense Recognised in Income Statement

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each Reporting date until the vesting date, reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Accordingly, the expense in the Income Statement represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of that period and is recognised in employee benefits expense [Refer Note 18].

53. Statutory Reserves

Several statutory and voluntary reserves are maintained by the Group in order to meet various legal and operational requirements. The details of these reserves including the nature and purpose of maintaining them are given in Notes 53, 54 and 55.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Statutory reserve fund [Refer Note 53.1] 4,922,367 4,327,103 4,922,264 4,327,103
Primary dealer special risk reserve [Refer Note 53.2]
Sub total 4,922,367 4,327,103 4,922,264 4,327,103

53.1 Statutory Reserve Fund

  GROUP BANK
2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 4,327,103 3,768,094 4,327,103 3,768,094
Transfers during the year 595,264 559,009 595,161 559,009
Balance as at December 31, 4,922,367 4,327,103 4,922,264 4,327,103

The statutory reserve fund is maintained as per the requirements under Section 20 (1) of the Banking Act No. 30 of 1988. Accordingly, the fund is built up by allocating a sum equivalent to not less than 5% of the profit after tax, but before declaring any dividend or any profits that are transferred elsewhere until the reserve is equal to 50% of the Bank’s stated capital and thereafter a further sum equivalent to 2% of such profit until the amount of said the reserve fund is equal to the stated capital of the Bank.

The balance in the statutory reserve fund will be used only for the purposes specified in the Section 20 (2) of the Banking Act No. 30 of 1988.

53.2 Primary Dealer Special Risk Reserve

  GROUP BANK
2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 266,520 266,520
Transfers during the year
Transferred to general reserve [Refer Note 55.2] (266,520) (266,520)
Balance as at December 31,

As per the Direction issued by the Public Debt Department of Central Bank of Sri Lanka on April 18, 2005, with effect from July 01, 2005 Primary Dealers who maintain a capital above Rs. 300 Mn., were required to transfer 25% of post-tax profits of the Primary Dealer Unit to a special risk reserve annually. The Bank duly complied with the above requirement up to December 31, 2013.

During 2014, the Bank received a confirmation from the Public Debt – Department of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka on the cessation of maintaining a Special Risk Reserve as the Bank is functioning as a primary dealer. Hence, the Bank transferred the balances that were built up in the above reserve to the General Reserve.

54. Retained Earnings

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 4,418,412 4,359,632 4,258,287 4,233,364
Super Gain Tax for the year of assessment 2013/14(*) (2,608,469) (2,576,355)
Balance as at January 01, (Adjusted) 1,809,943 4,359,632 1,681,932 4,233,364
Total comprehensive income 11,783,842 11,184,470 11,834,510 11,119,514
Profit for the year 11,855,172 11,238,892 11,903,224 11,180,181
Other comprehensive income, net of tax (71,330) (54,422) (68,714) (60,667)
Dividends paid (5,647,414) (5,547,136) (5,647,414) (5,547,136)
Re-classification of retained earnings to/from available-for-sale reserve (31,099)
Transfers to other reserves (3,480,264) (5,547,455) (3,480,161) (5,547,455)
Profit due to change in ownership 2,344
Movement due to change in equity (644)
Balance as at December 31, 4,467,807 4,418,412 4,388,867 4,258,287

(*) As per the amendments to provisions of the Finance Act from the Finance Bill passed on October 20, 2015, the Group and the Bank was liable for Super Gain Tax (SGT) amounting to Rs. 2,609 Mn. and Rs.2,576 Mn. respectively. According to the Act, the SGT shall be deemed to be an expenditure in the Financial Statements relating to the year of assessment commenced on April 1, 2013. Since the Act supersedes the requirements of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standards, The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Sri Lanka recommended the accounting treatment on SGT by issuing the Statement of Alternative Treatment (SoAT) dated November 24, 2015 and SGT has been recorded in the Financial Statements accordingly.

55. Other Reserves

55. (a) Current Year – 2015

  GROUP BANK
  Balance as at
January 01,
Movement/
Transfers
Balance as at
December 31,
Balance as at
January 01,
Movement/
Transfers
Balance as at
December 31,
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Revaluation reserve [Refer Note 55.1] 6,246,960 11,979 6,258,939 5,722,859 5,722,859
General reserve [Refer Note 55.2] 32,474,478 2,885,000 35,359,478 32,474,478 2,885,000 35,359,478
Available-for-sale reserve [Refer Note 55.3] 2,735,569 (6,690,945) (3,955,376) 2,735,578 (6,690,945) (3,955,367)
Foreign currency translation reserve [Refer Note 55.4] (454,188) 886,677 432,489 (464,076) 888,844 424,768
Employee share option reserve [Refer Note 55.6] 223,330 223,330 223,330 223,330
Total 41,002,819 (2,683,959) 38,318,860 40,468,839 (2,693,771) 37,775,068

55. (b) Previous Year – 2014

  GROUP BANK
  Balance as at
January 01,
Movement/
Transfers
Balance as at
December 31,
Balance as at
January 01,
Movement/
Transfers
Balance as at
December 31,
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Revaluation reserve [Refer Note 55.1] 4,615,947 1,631,013 6,246,960 4,222,054 1,500,805 5,722,859
General reserve [Refer Note 55.2] 22,380,819 10,093,659 32,474,478 22,380,819 10,093,659 32,474,478
Available-for-sale reserve [Refer Note 55.3] 2,023,468 712,101 2,735,569 2,054,567 681,011 2,735,578
Foreign currency translation reserve [Refer Note 55.4] (393,758) (60,430) (454,188) (406,925) (57,151) (464,076)
Investment fund account [Refer Note 55.5] 4,838,693 (4,838,693) 4,838,693 (4,838,693)
Total 33,465,169 7,537,650 41,002,819 33,089,208 7,379,631 40,468,839

55.1 Revaluation Reserve

The revaluation reserve relates to revaluation of freehold land and buildings and represents the fair value changes of the land and buildings as at the date of revaluation.

The Bank carried out a revaluation of all its freehold lands and buildings as at December 31, 2014 and recognised Rs. 1,621.489 Mn., as revaluation surplus.

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 6,246,960 4,615,947 5,722,859 4,222,054
Surplus on revaluation of freehold land and buildings 1,802,333 1,621,489
Deferred tax effect on revaluation surplus on freehold buildings (171,320) (120,684)
Re-instatement of deferred tax on revaluation gains 13,710
Movement due to change in equity (1,731)
Balance as at December 31, 6,258,939 6,246,960 5,722,859 5,722,859

55.2 General Reserve

The Bank transfers the surplus profit, after payment of interim dividend and after retaining sufficient profits to pay final dividends proposed, from the retained earnings account to the General Reserve account. The purpose of setting up the General Reserve is to meet potential future unknown liabilities.

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 32,474,478 22,380,819 32,474,478 22,380,819
Transfers of primary dealer special risk reserve [Refer Note 53.2] 266,520 266,520
Transfers of investment fund account [Refer Note 55.5] 5,227,139 5,227,139
Transfers during the year 2,885,000 4,600,000 2,885,000 4,600,000
Balance as at December 31, 35,359,478 32,474,478 35,359,478 32,474,478

55.3 Available-for-Sale Reserve

The available-for-sale reserve comprises the cumulative net change in fair value of financial investments available-for-sale until such investments are derecognised or impaired.

  GROUP BANK
2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 2,735,569 2,023,468 2,735,578 2,054,567
Net fair value gains/(losses) on remeasuring financial investments available-for-sale (6,690,945) 681,002 (6,690,945) 681,011
Reclassification of retained earnings to/from available-for-sale reserve 31,099
Balance as at December 31, (3,955,376) 2,735,569 (3,955,367) 2,735,578

55.4 Foreign Currency Translation Reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the Financial Statements of foreign operations.

As at the Reporting date, the assets and liabilities of the Bank’s Bangladesh Operation and Commex - Sri Lanka S.R.L Italy, a subsidiary of the Bank were translated in to the presentation currency (Sri Lankan Rupee) at the exchange rate ruling at the Reporting date and the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income was translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The exchange differences arising on the translation of these Financial Statements are taken to foreign currency translation reserve through other comprehensive income.

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, (454,188) (393,758) (464,076) (406,925)
Net gains/(losses) arising from translating the Financial Statements of the foreign operations 886,677 (60,430) 888,844 (57,151)
Balance as at December 31, 432,489 (454,188) 424,768 (464,076)

55.5 Investment Fund Account

Banks were required to transfer 8% of the profits calculated for the payment of Value Added Tax (VAT) on financial services and 5% of the profits before tax calculated for the payment of income tax to a fund identified as ‘Investment Fund Account’ (IFA) for a period of three years as per a proposal made in the Government Budget 2011. Since the above-mentioned three-year period has lapsed the Bank transferred the balance in the above reserve fund to the general reserve during 2014.

  GROUP BANK
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 4,838,693 4,838,693
Transfers during the year 388,446 388,446
Transfers to general reserve [Refer Note 55.2] (5,227,139) (5,227,139)
Balance as at December 31,

55.6 Employee Share Option Reserve

The Employee Share Option reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments to be provided to employees, including Key Management Personnel, as part of their remuneration.

  GROUP BANK
2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01,
Transfers during the year [Refer Note 18] 223,330 223,330
Balance as at December 31, 223,330 223,330

56. Non-Controlling Interest

Non-Controlling Interest (NCI) are measured at their proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition. Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

  Commercial Development Company PLC
  2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 47,564 38,778
Super Gain Tax for the year of assessment 2013/14 (1,503)
Profit for the year 4,088 3,901
Other comprehensive income, net of tax 369 7,501
Dividends paid for the year (3,270) (2,616)
Re-instatement of deferred tax on revaluation gains 585
Re-instatement of non-controlling interest due to partial disposal of subsidiary 2,375
Balance as at December 31, 50,208 47,564

57. Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events or present obligations where the transfer of economic benefit is not probable or cannot be readily measured as defined in the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 37 on ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’.

To meet the financial needs of customers, the Bank enters into various irrevocable commitments and contingent liabilities. These consist of financial guarantees, letters of credit and other undrawn commitments to lend. Letters of credit and guarantees commit the Bank to make payments on behalf of customers in the event of a specific act, generally related to the import or export of goods. Guarantees and standby letters of credit carry a similar credit risk to loans.

Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the Statement of Financial Position but are disclosed unless its occurrence is remote.

Operating lease commitments of the Group (as a lessor and as a lessee) form part of commitments and pending legal claims against the Group form part of contingencies.

Even though these obligations may not be recognised on the Statement of Financial Position, they do contain credit risk and are therefore part of the overall risk of the Bank as disclosed in Note 57.1.

In the normal course of business, the Bank makes various irrevocable commitments and incurs certain contingent liabilities with legal recourse to its customers. Even though these obligations may not be recognised on the date of the Statement of Financial Position, they do contain credit risk and are therefore form part of the overall risk profile of the Bank.

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Contingencies 365,874,611 244,635,833 365,874,611 244,635,833
Guarantees 31,504,779 31,068,055 31,504,779 31,068,055
Performance Bonds 14,095,269 12,038,017 14,095,269 12,038,017
Documentary Credits 30,161,623 25,286,563 30,161,623 25,286,563
Other contingencies [Refer Note 57.1] 290,112,940 176,243,198 290,112,940 176,243,198
Commitments 155,357,709 107,817,619 155,357,709 107,817,619
Undrawn commitments [Refer Note 57.2] 153,979,986 106,560,178 153,979,986 106,560,178
Capital commitments [Refer Note 57.3] 1,377,723 1,257,441 1,377,723 1,257,441
Total 521,232,320 352,453,452 521,232,320 352,453,452

57.1 Other Contingencies

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Forward exchange contracts: 77,647,330 32,246,624 77,647,330 32,246,624
Forward exchange sales 44,293,601 12,240,936 44,293,601 12,240,936
Forward exchange purchases 33,353,729 20,005,688 33,353,729 20,005,688
Interest Rate Swap agreements/Currency Swaps: 168,466,179 97,645,723 168,466,179 97,645,723
Interest rate Swaps
Currency Swaps 168,466,179 97,645,723 168,466,179 97,645,723
Others: 43,999,431 46,350,851 43,999,431 46,350,851
Acceptances 25,708,732 20,880,240 25,708,732 20,880,240
Bills for collection 17,533,095 24,899,607 17,533,095 24,899,607
Stock of travellers’ cheques 586,893 476,369 586,893 476,369
Bullion on consignment 170,711 94,635 170,711 94,635
Sub total 290,112,940 176,243,198 290,112,940 176,243,198

57.2 Undrawn Commitments

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
On direct advances 109,755,816 72,366,848 109,755,816 72,366,848
On indirect advances 44,224,170 34,193,330 44,224,170 34,193,330
Sub total 153,979,986 106,560,178 153,979,986 106,560,178

57.3 Capital Commitments

The Group has commitments for acquisition of Property, Plant & Equipment and intangible assets incidental to the ordinary course of business which have been approved by the Board of Directors, the details of which are as follows:

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Commitments in relation to property, plant & equipment 964,469 1,226,843 964,469 1,226,843
Approved and contracted for 725,069 344,026 725,069 344,026
Approved but not contracted for 239,400 882,817 239,400 882,817
Commitments in relation to intangible assets 413,254 30,598 413,254 30,598
Approved and contracted for 413,254 30,598 413,254 30,598
Approved but not contracted for
Sub total 1,377,723 1,257,441 1,377,723 1,257,441

57.4 Commitments of Subsidiaries and Associates

57.4 (a) Contingencies of Subsidiaries

The Subsidiaries of the Group do not have any contingencies as at the Reporting date.

57.4 (b) Contingencies of Associates

The Associates of the Group do not have any contingencies as at the Reporting date.

58. Net Assets Value Per Ordinary Share

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
Amounts used as the Numerator:        
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Bank (Rs. ’000) 70,963,639 71,205,835 70,340,804 70,511,730
Number of ordinary shares used as the denominator:        
Total number of shares 876,866,801 865,857,675 876,866,801 865,857,675
Net assets value per share (Rs.) 80.93 82.24 80.22 81.44

59. Litigation Against the Bank

Litigation is a common occurrence in the banking industry due to the nature of the business undertaken. The Bank has formal controls and policies for managing legal claims. Once professional advice has been obtained and the amount of loss reasonably estimated, the Bank makes adjustments to account for any adverse effects which the claims may have on its financial standing. At the Reporting date the Group had several unresolved legal claims. No provision for any claims has been made in these Financial Statements for the significant unresolved legal claims against the Bank for which legal advisor of the Bank is of the opinion that there is possible loss, but there is a probability that action will not succeed.

Set out below are unresolved legal claims against the Bank as at December 31, 2015 for which, adjustments to the Financial Statements have not been made due to the uncertainty of its outcome:

  1. Court action has been initiated by a customer in High Court Civil Case number 236/2011/MR challenging the Bank for transferring a vehicle in the name of a relation of the customer, upon settlement of a lease facility obtained from the Bank. The Bank has executed the transfer on the strength of a letter issued by the Plaintiff who is now challenging the letter. The value of the action is Rs. 3.500 Mn. Next trial is fixed for May 25, 2016.
  2. Court action has been initiated by a customer in proceeding number 25831/MR to claim a sum of Rs.2.880 Mn including the refund of interest of an overdraft facility. The judgement was entered against the Bank in the District Court for Rs.1.874 Mn. This amount has been provided for as set out in Note 47. The Bank has appealed (Appeal No. 133/2010) to the Supreme Court. Bank is granted leave by the Supreme Court. Argument re-fixed for May 31, 2016.
  3. Court action has been initiated by the plaintiff in the Commercial High Court of the Western Province Case number 571/2008/MR to prevent the Bank from exercising the right of lien and set off a deposit of the plaintiff amounting to US$ 15.000 Mn. against a claim made by the Bank in terms of a hedging agreement. Commercial High Court issued the judgement in favour of the Bank and dismissed plaintiff’s application for an interim injunction. Presently the case is at the trial stage. Next trial date fixed for May 04, 2016.
  4. Court action has been initiated by a third party in Colombo High Court proceedings number 112/2005 (1) to claim Rs. 5.584 Mn. plus Rs. 10.000 Mn. as damages for disposing of the shares owned by the plaintiff which were held under lien to the Bank. Plaintiff alleges that the transaction has taken place without obtaining her consent. Judgement was delivered in favour of the Plaintiff. Bank has appealed to the Supreme Court (Appeal No. 09/2010) against the judgement delivered. The plaintiff has filed an application for the issue of Writ Pending Appeal. Bank had agreed to issue a guarantee for Rs. 5.000 Mn. in favour of the plaintiff, to be claimed only on the final determination of the appeal by the Supreme Court. Appeal is listed for argument on July 07, 2016.
  5. Court action has been initiated by a customer in Colombo High Court Case number 36/96 (1) to claim a sum of Rs. 183.050 Mn. regarding a forward exchange contract. Judgement was delivered in favour of the Bank dismissing the plaintiff’s action, but the plaintiff has appealed against the judgement in the Supreme Court (Appeal No. 38/2006). The appeal is fixed for argument on March 30, 2016.
  6. Court action has been initiated by a customer for Rs. 14.000 Mn. in District Court, Colombo proceeding number 315/2015/MR (DMR 3/2014) to recover a sum of Rs. 13.063 Mn. including interest on cheques paid with a fraudulent signature. The case which was filed at the District Court which was not the correct court for cases of high value was latter referred to the Commercial High Court. Trial fixed for March 04, 2016.
  7. Court action has been initiated by a customer in proceedings number 52/10 to claim a sum of Bangladesh Taka 35.328 Mn. (approx. Rs. 64.876 Mn.) from the Bank for illegal withdrawal of money from their account by issuing cheques with forged signatures. The Bank refuses the claim of the customer as the Bank is of the view that it had acted in good faith, without negligence and also that the Bank is not responsible for any losses incurred due to inadequacy of the security of cheque books issued to the customer. Next date of the case is fixed for April 06, 2016.
  8. Court action has been initiated in proceedings number 03034/14/MR to claim a sum of Rs. 27.870 Mn. being the total amount withdrawn from the company account by an employee by forging authorised customer’s signatures in a number of transactions during a period of two years. Trial is fixed for May 20, 2016.

60. Maturity Analysis

(a) Group

(i) Remaining contractual period to maturity as at the date of Statement of Financial Position of the assets employed by the Group is detailed below:

As at December 31, Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Total as at
31.12.2015
Total as at
31.12.2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest earning assets:              
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 1,662,487 1,662,487 3,601,722
Balances with central banks 5,675,993 30,814 5,706,807 167,496
Placements with banks 17,193,539 17,193,539 14,507,861
Securities purchased under resale agreements 8,002,100 8,002,100 41,198,266
Other financial instruments held-for-trading 7,330,086 7,330,086 5,958,902
Loans and receivables to other customers 181,750,723 94,164,172 128,460,051 67,916,622 37,631,560 509,923,128 406,531,089
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 10,378,165 12,915,465 89,654,360 38,515,358 52,524,158 203,987,506 213,381,388
Financial investments – Held-to-maturity
Financial investments – Loans and receivables 3,824,319 20,049,834 21,431,676 12,418,540 57,724,369 50,436,064
Total interest earning assets as at 31.12.2015 235,817,412 127,160,285 239,546,087 118,850,520 90,155,718 811,530,022  
Total interest earning assets as at 31.12.2014 244,451,827 136,662,768 145,537,531 129,808,209 79,322,453   735,782,788
Non-interest earning assets:              
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 18,444,589 18,444,589 17,020,056
Balances with central banks 15,444,763 5,785,437 468,849 397,102 418,059 22,514,210 19,466,250
Derivative financial assets 2,368,201 1,628,577 121,391 4,118,169 459,510
Other financial instruments held-for-trading 326,263 326,263 367,734
Loans and receivables to banks 601,106 601,106 551,066
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 17,294 257,134 274,428 843,629
Non-Financial Assets              
Investments in subsidiaries  
Investments in associates 104,503 104,503 106,287
Property, plant & equipment 11,181,433 11,181,433 11,134,861
Intangible assets 884,034 884,034 856,230
Leasehold property 107,420 107,420 108,872
Other assets 8,347,234 169,805 985,405 374,696 2,219,877 12,097,017 10,560,430
Total non-interest earning assets as at 31.12.2015 44,931,050 7,583,819 2,176,751 789,092 15,172,460 70,653,172  
Total non-interest earning assets as at 31.12.2014 38,217,342 5,435,728 1,461,681 1,279,957 15,080,217   61,474,925
Total assets – as at 31.12.2015 280,748,462 134,744,104 241,722,838 119,639,612 105,328,178 882,183,194  
Total assets – as at 31.12.2014 282,669,169 142,098,496 146,999,212 131,088,166 94,402,670   797,257,713
Percentage – as at 31.12.2015(*) 31.83 15.27 27.40 13.56 11.94 100.00  
Percentage – as at 31.12.2014(*) 35.46 17.82 18.44 16.44 11.84   100.00

(*)Total percentage of each maturity bucket out of total assets employed by the Group.

(ii) Remaining contractual period to maturity as at the date of Statement of Financial Position of the liabilities and shareholders’ funds employed by the Group is detailed below:

  Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Total as at
31.12.2015
Total as at
31.12.2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest-bearing liabilities:              
Financial liabilities              
Due to banks 14,516,916 12,938,974 402,969 100,775 27,959,634 7,509,404
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 89,269,761 22,648,445 331,497 112,249,703 124,391,042
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 372,775,471 164,706,138 14,096,129 9,075,203 10,433,689 571,086,630 484,344,982
Other borrowings 492,184 1,506,179 4,089,640 139,873 3,757,761 9,985,637 11,636,583
Subordinated liabilities 132,361 1,132,677 10,723,234 11,988,272 11,262,573
Total interest-bearing liabilities as at 31.12.2015 477,186,693 202,932,413 18,920,235 9,315,851 24,914,684 733,269,876  
Total interest-bearing liabilities as at 31.12.2014 409,076,099 181,077,546 20,591,200 8,810,120 19,589,619   639,144,584
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:              
Financial liabilities              
Due to banks 3,829,762 3,829,762 18,159,621
Derivative financial liabilities 1,026,823 783,512 80,435 1,890,770 1,193,139
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 52,934,587 52,934,587 44,921,606
Non-financial liabilities              
Current tax liabilities 1,527,180 1,498,482 3,025,662 2,037,388
Deferred tax liabilities 497,073 199,449 111,823 471,153 (811,866) 467,632 2,876,199
Other provisions 1,874 1,874 1,874
Other liabilities 11,586,659 1,509,154 1,239,799 299,833 1,113,738 15,749,184 17,669,903
Equity              
Stated capital 23,254,605 23,254,605 21,457,501
Statutory reserves 4,922,367 4,922,367 4,327,103
Retained earnings 4,467,807 4,467,807 4,418,412
Other reserves 38,318,860 38,318,860 41,002,819
Non-controlling interest         50,208 50,208 47,564
Total non-interest-bearing liabilities as at 31.12.2015 71,403,958 3,990,597 1,432,057 770,986 71,315,719 148,913,318  
Total non-interest-bearing liabilities as at 31.12.2014 74,388,689 6,168,127 3,112,130 1,767,951 72,676,231   158,113,129
Total liabilities and equity - as at 31.12.2015 548,590,651 206,923,010 20,352,292 10,086,837 96,230,403 882,183,194  
Total liabilities and equity - as at 31.12.2014 483,464,788 187,245,673 23,703,330 10,578,071 92,265,850   797,257,713
Percentage – as at 31.12.2015(*) 62.18 23.46 2.31 1.14 10.91 100.00  
Percentage – as at 31.12.2014(*) 60.64 23.49 2.97 1.33 11.57   100.00

(*) Total percentage of each maturity bucket out of total liabilities and shareholders’ funds employed by the Group.

(b) Bank

Maturity analysis of the assets and liabilities of the Bank is given in Note 67.2.2 on ‘Financial Risk Review’.

61. Operating Segments

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, including revenue and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components, whose operating results are reviewed regularly by the Corporate Management Team headed by the Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer (being the chief operating decision-maker) to make decisions about resources allocated to each segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available.

The Group has five strategic divisions which are reportable segments, namely:

Operating Segment   Types of Products and Services offered
Personal Banking   Refer this section for details on product portfolio by ‘Business Lines’
Corporate Banking
International Operations
Investment Banking
Dealing and Treasury

Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profits or losses which, in certain respects, are measured differently from operating profits or losses in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Income taxes are managed on a Group basis and are not allocated to operating segments.

The following table presents the income, profit, asset and liability information on the Group’s strategic business divisions for the year ended December 31, 2015 and comparative figures for the year ended December 31, 2014.

  Personal Banking Corporate Banking International Operations Investment Banking Dealing/Treasury Total/Consolidated
For the year ended December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
External operating income:                      
Net interest income 21,090,898 18,570,933 6,038,268 5,636,808 3,035,880 3,172,536 591,019 342,573 (188,715) (403,026) 30,567,350 27,319,824
Foreign exchange profit 84,085 73,755 1,270,664 282,246 518,116 452,274 1,004,405 672,898 2,877,270 1,481,174
Net fees and commission income 3,317,748 2,882,956 1,543,735 1,423,382 524,103 522,241 20,600 14,802 4,124 5,981 5,410,310 4,849,362
Other income 1,381,067 490,481 161,456 217,483 62,360 88,717 40,296 152,487 575,242 2,523,845 2,220,421 3,473,013
Eliminations/unallocated                     458,489 347,456
Total operating income 25,873,798 22,018,125 9,014,123 7,559,919 4,140,459 4,235,768 651,915 509,862 1,395,056 2,799,698 41,533,840 37,470,829
Credit loss expenses (3,266,263) (3,173,514) (478,732) 303,936 (354,743) (339,060) (4,099,738) (3,208,638)
Net operating income 22,607,535 18,844,611 8,535,391 7,863,855 3,785,716 3,896,708 651,915 509,862 1,395,056 2,799,698 37,434,102 34,262,191
Segment result 8,591,633 8,543,957 5,166,707 4,030,094 2,544,328 2,457,544 345,419 274,864 474,386 546,895 17,122,473 15,853,354
Profit from operations                 17,122,473 15,853,354
Share of profit of associates – (before tax)                 13,638 6,563
Income tax expense                   (5,276,851) (4,617,124)
Non-controlling interest                   (4,088) (3,901)
Net profit for the year, attributable to Equity holders of the parent             11,855,172 11,238,892

 

  Personal Banking Corporate Banking International Operations Investment Banking Dealing/Treasury Total/Consolidated
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Other information                      
Segment assets 279,706,505 234,942,876 193,881,080 131,218,372 93,138,952 97,538,500 13,406,914 10,184,101 261,627,206 293,073,401 841,760,657 766,957,250
Investment in associates 104,503 106,287 104,503 106,287
Unallocated Assets 40,318,034 30,194,176
Total assets 279,706,505 234,942,876 193,881,080 131,218,372 93,138,952 97,538,500 13,511,417 10,290,388 261,627,206 293,073,401 882,183,194 797,257,713
Segment liabilities 496,764,815 429,433,726 131,484,574 102,815,075 48,979,303 42,361,090 13,511,417 10,290,388 116,935,944 136,190,448 807,676,053 721,090,727
Unallocated liabilities 3,493,294 4,913,587
Total liabilities 496,764,815 429,433,726 131,484,574 102,815,075 48,979,303 42,361,090 13,511,417 10,290,388 116,935,944 136,190,448 811,169,347 726,004,314

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Information on cash flows                        
Cash flows from operating activities 5,518,618 111,174,633 (4,636,226) (6,853,886) (2,818,494) 2,459,720 (216,091) 887,815 10,396,929 (88,902,894) 8,244,736 18,765,388
Cash flows from investing activities (2,621,884) (6,795,464) (2,621,884) (6,795,464)
Cash flows from financing activities (641,079) (618,493) (368,699) (130,697) (1,009,778) (749,190)
Capital expenditure                      
Property, plant & equipment                   (1,066,028) (1,038,931)
Intangible assets                   (208,168) (144,494)
Eliminations/unallocated               (3,853,580) (3,679,064)
Net cash flow generated during the year                 (514,702) 6,358,245

Total Operating income

Segment Result

Total Assets

Total Liabilities

62. Related Party Disclosures

The Bank carried out transactions in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s length basis at commercial rates with parties who are defined as Related Parties as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’, except for the transactions that the Key Management Personnel (KMP) have availed under schemes uniformly applicable to all staff at concessionary rates.

62.1 Parent and Ultimate Controlling Party

The Bank does not have an identifiable parent of its own.

62.2 Key Management Personnel (KMP)

Key Management Personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity directly or indirectly.

KMP of the Bank

The Board of Directors (including executive and non-executive) of the Bank has been classified as KMP of the Bank.

KMP of the Group

As the Bank is the ultimate parent of the Subsidiaries listed out in this table, the Board of Directors of the Bank has the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group directly or indirectly. Accordingly, the Board of Directors of the Bank (Including executive and non-executive) is also KMP of the Group. Therefore, officers who are only Directors of the subsidiaries and not of the Bank have been classified as KMP only for that respective subsidiary.

62.2.1 Transactions with KMP
62.2.1.1 Compensation of KMP – Bank
For the year ended December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Short term employment benefits 119,089 110,065
Post-employment benefits 6,384 7,010
Total 125,473 117,075
62.2.1.2 Compensation of KMP – Group
For the year ended December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Short term employment benefits 119,909 110,505
Post-employment benefits 6,384 7,010
Total 126,293 117,515

In addition to the above, the Bank/Group provide non-cash benefits to the KMP.

62.2.2 Transactions, Arrangements and Agreements Involving KMP and their Close Family Members (CFM)

CFM of a KMP are those family members who may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that KMP in their dealings with the entity. They may include KMP’s domestic partner and children, children of the KMP domestic partner and dependants of the KMP or the KMP domestic partner. CFM are related parties to the Group/Bank.

62.2.2.1 Statement of Financial Position – Bank
  Year-end Balance Average Balance
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Assets        
Loans and advances 7,800 7,750 7,777 4,622
Credit cards 2 144 249
Total 7,800 7,752 7,921 4,871
         
Liabilities        
Deposits 28,686 52,134 49,565 63,999
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 26,790 27,630 23,732 25,610
Total 55,476 79,764 73,297 89,609
62.2.2.2 Commitments and Contingencies – Bank
  Year-end Balance Average Balance
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Undrawn facilities 9,195 10,089 9,184 6,086
Total 9,195 10,089 9,184 6,086
62.2.2.3 Direct and Indirect Accommodation – Bank
  Year-end Balance
As at December 31, 2015 2014
  % %
Direct and indirect accommodation as a percentage of the Bank’s Regulatory Capital 0.02 0.02

No impairment losses have been recorded against balances outstanding with KMP and CFM.

62.2.2.4 Income Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest income 433 291
Interest expenses 3,228 6,553
Other income 226 80
Compensation to KMP [Refer Note 62.2.1.1] 125,473 117,075
62.2.2.5 Share-Based Benefits to KMP and CFM
As at the Year-End 2015 2014
Number of ordinary shares held 694,883 619,454
Dividends paid (in Rs. ’000) 3,674 7,741
Number of cumulative exercisable options under the Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP) 2008    
Tranche I 50,231
Tranche II 148,016 148,016
Tranche III 155,603 103,736

62.3 Transactions with Group Entities

The Group entities include the Subsidiaries and Associates of the Bank.

62.3.1 Transactions with Subsidiaries
62.3.1.1 Statement of Financial Position
  Year-end Balance Average Balance
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Assets        
Loans and advances 859,356 586,800 588,616 213,738
Lease receivable 2,205 465 7,128
Other receivables 90,596 85,685 88,141 80,613
Impairment for other receivables (53,423) (51,398) (52,410) (46,217)
Total 896,529 623,292 624,812 255,262
         
Liabilities        
Deposits 80,593 94,896 100,251 80,391
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 135,109 173,457 136,559 161,516
Other 26,212 19,289 22,750 17,487
Total 241,914 287,642 259,560 259,394
62.3.1.2 Commitments and Contingencies
  Year-end Balance Average Balance
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Letter of credit 1,126
Undrawn facilities 126,349 100,000 81,333 25,339
Total 126,349 100,000 82,459 25,339
62.3.1.3 Direct and Indirect Accommodation
  Year-end Balance
  2015 2014
  % %
Direct and indirect accommodation as a % of the Bank’s Regulatory Capital 1.28 1.00
62.3.1.4 Income Statement
For the year ended December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest income 45,842 17,608
Interest expenses 60,384 35,080
Other income 84,997 70,482
Impairment charges 2,025 10,362
Expenses 427,106 379,463
62.3.1.5 Other Transactions
For the year ended December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Payments made to ONEzero Company Ltd. in relation to purchase of computer hardware and software 70,618 30,312
62.3.2 Transactions with Associates
62.3.2.1 Statement of Financial Position
  Year-end Balance Average Balance
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Assets        
Loans and advances 88 227
Lease receivables 127 20 393
Total 127 108 620
         
Liabilities        
Deposits 23,733 22,331 23,427 25,900
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 5,771 490
Total 23,733 28,102 23,427 26,390
62.3.2.2 Direct and Indirect Accommodation
  Average Balance
  2015 2014
  % %
Direct and indirect accommodation as a % of the Bank’s Regulatory Capital 0.00 0.00
62.3.2.3 Income Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest income 23 104
Interest expenses 616 1,627
Other income 22,577 19,003
62.3.2.4 Other Transactions
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 2014
Number of ordinary shares of the Bank held by the associates as at the year-end 4,536 4,485
Dividend paid (Rs. ’000) 25 29

62.4 Transactions with Other Related Entities

Other related entities include significant investors (either entities or individuals) that have control, joint control or significant influence, post-employment benefit plans for the Bank’s employees.

62.4.1 Transactions with the Post-Employment Benefit Plans for the Employees of the Bank
62.4.1.1 Statement of Financial Position
  Year-end Balance Average Balance
  2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Assets        
Loans and advances
Total
         
Liabilities        
Deposits 4,029,010 4,293,158 2,984,576 2,559,011
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 5,060,229 1,171 1,863,801 769
Total 9,089,239 4,294,329 4,848,377 2,559,780
62.4.1.2 Income Statement
During the year 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest income
Interest expenses 431,322 280,831
Contribution made/taxes paid by the Bank 947,416 901,433

63. Non-Cash Items Included in Profit Before Tax

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Depreciation of property, plant & equipment 1,024,162 1,087,175 961,492 1,026,730
Amortisation of leasehold property 1,452 1,452 942 942
Amortisation of intangible assets 180,558 173,373 179,370 172,874
Impairment losses on loans and advances 4,099,738 3,208,638 3,904,948 3,189,995
Other impairment 38,248 39,149
Contributions to defined benefit plans - Unfunded schemes 197,676 164,438 190,780 157,687
Provision made o/a of leave encashment 61,108 54,860 61,108 54,860
Equity-settled Share-based payments 223,330 223,330
Unamortised interest payable o/a subodinated liabilities 12,210 12,210
Effect of exchange rate variances on property, plant & equipment (6,060) 1,833 (6,362) 311
Effect of exchange rate variances on intangible assets (214) 1,069 (391) 8
Effect of exchange rate variances on defined benefit plans 14,579 (381) 14,579 (381)
Effect of exchange rate variances on subordinated liabilities 900,000 86,250 900,000 86,250
Net effect of exchange rate variances on net deferred tax liability (9,701) 207 (9,701) 207
Net effect of exchange rate variances on income tax liability 121,793 (1,836) 121,793 (1,836)
Grossed up notional tax and withholding tax credits (944,176) (1,207,034) (942,527) (1,204,986)
Total 5,876,455 3,570,044 5,649,819 3,521,810

64. Change in Operating Assets

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Net (increase)/decrease in derivative financial instruments (3,658,659) 378,184 (3,658,659) 378,184
Net (increase)/decrease in balances with Central Banks (8,587,271) (1,201,810) (8,587,271) (1,201,810)
Net (increase)/decrease in placements with banks (2,685,678) (10,376,047) (2,685,678) (10,376,047)
Net (increase)/decrease in securities purchased under resale agreements 33,196,166 (32,251,767) 33,196,166 (32,251,767)
Net (increase)/decrease in other financial assets held-for-trading (1,371,183) 85,750 (1,371,183) 85,750
Net (increase)/decrease in loans and receivables to banks (50,040) (3,303) (50,040) (4,796)
Net (increase)/decrease in loans and receivables to customers (107,491,777) (48,256,796) (106,588,618) (48,775,194)
Net (increase)/decrease in financial investments – available-for-sale 449,351 (80,435,091) 450,364 (80,434,686)
Net (increase)/decrease in financial investments – loans and receivables (4,271,016) (2,950,353) (4,271,016) (2,950,353)
Net (increase)/decrease in other assets (1,536,587) (1,111,827) (1,554,799) (1,125,449)
Total (96,006,694) (176,123,060) (95,120,734) (176,656,168)

65. Change in Operating Liabilities

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Net increase/(decrease) in due to banks 6,120,371 10,436,070 5,058,143 11,066,757
Net increase/(decrease) in derivative financial instruments 697,631 (218,777) 697,631 (218,777)
Net increase/(decrease) in securities sold under repurchase agreements (12,141,339) 85,336,075 (12,179,687) 85,333,860
Net increase/(decrease) in deposits from banks, customers and debt securities issued 94,754,629 78,167,642 94,740,326 78,208,561
Net increase/(decrease) in other borrowings (1,650,946) (3,305,953) (1,650,946) (3,305,953)
Net increase/(decrease) in other provisions (535) (535)
Net increase/(decrease) in other liabilities (2,163,940) 7,453,105 (2,143,433) 7,393,572
Net increase/(decrease) in due to Subsidiaries 6,923 3,603
Total 85,616,406 177,867,627 84,528,957 178,481,088

66. Operating Leases

66.1 Operating Lease Commitments (payables)

The Group has taken on lease a number of branches and office premises under operating leases. These leases have an average life of between five to ten years. Lease agreements include clauses to enable upward revision of the rental payments on a periodic basis to reflect market conditions. There are no restrictions placed upon the Group by entering into these leases.

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Less than one year 740,366 510,968 736,784 507,386
Between one to five years 1,901,675 1,400,091 1,897,436 1,395,852
Over five years 848,690 686,146 848,690 686,146
Total 3,490,731 2,597,205 3,482,910 2,589,384

66.2 Operating Lease Commitments (receivables)

The Group has entered into operating leases to rent its own properties, (mainly consisting of areas not currently occupied by the branch) and automated teller machines. Lease agreements include clauses to enable upward revision of rental income on a periodic basis to reflect market conditions. These leases have an average life of between three to five years. There are no restrictions placed upon the Group by entering into these leases.

Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

  GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2015 2014 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Less than one year 5,190 7,579 4,290 6,679
Between one to five years 3,320 7,940 2,825 7,445
Over five years
Total 8,510 15,519 7,115 14,124

67. Financial Risk Review

This note presents information about the Bank’s exposure to financial risks and the Bank’s management of capital.

For Information on the Bank’s Financial Risk Management Framework
  Introduction
67.1 Credit Risk
67.1.1 Credit Quality Analysis
67.1.2 Impaired Loans and Receivables and Investment Debt Securities
67.1.3 Collateral Held
67.1.4 Concentrations of Credit Risk
67.1.5 Exposures to Unrated Countries
67.2 Liquidity Risk
67.2.1 Exposure to Liquidity Risk
67.2.2 Maturity Analysis of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
67.2.3 Liquidity Reserves
67.2.4 Financial Assets Available to Support Future Funding
67.3 Market Risk
67.3.1 Exposure to Market Risk – Trading and Non-Trading Portfolios
67.3.2 Exposure to Interest Rate Risk – Sensitivity Analysis
67.3.3 Exposure to Currency Risk – Non-Trading Portfolio
67.3.4 Exposure to Equity Price Risk
67.4 Operational Risk
67.5 Capital Management
67.5.1 Regulatory Capital
67.5.2 Capital Allocation

Introduction

As a financial intermediary, the Bank is exposed to various types of risks including credit, market, liquidity and operational risks which are inherent in the Bank’s activities. Managing these risks is critical for the sustainability of the Bank and plays a pivotal role in all activities of the Bank. Risk Management function strives to identify potential risks in advance, analyse them and take precautionary steps to mitigate the impact of risk whilst optimising through risk adjusted returns within the risk appetite of the Bank.

Risk Management Framework

The overall responsibility and oversight of the Risk Management Framework of the Bank is vested with the Board of Directors (BOD). The Board Integrated Risk Management Committee (BIRMC), a mandatory Sub-Committee set up by the Board, in turn is entrusted with the development of the Bank’s Risk Management Policies and monitoring of due compliance of same through the Executive Integrated Risk Management Committee (EIRMC).

The Risk Management Policies spell out the risk appetite of the Bank and has incorporated risk exposure limits and controls to monitor adherence to the limits in force. These Policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect the changing market conditions and the products and services offered.

The Bank strives to inculcate a Risk Management Culture through continuous training, work ethics and standards.

Refer Note 3 for more information on the Risk Management Framework of the Bank.

Integrated Risk Management Department (IRMD)

Business Units are the Risk Owners and have the primary responsibility for Risk Management. The IRMD acts as the second line of defence in managing the risk. The IRMD through Chief Risk Officer reports to the BIRMC thus ensuring its independence.

Risk Measurement and Reporting

The Bank uses robust risk measurement techniques based on the type of risk and industry best practices. The Bank also carries out Stress Testing which is a key aspect of the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and the Risk Management Framework and provides an insight on the impact of extreme, but plausible scenarios on the Bank’s risk profile. The results are reported to the EIRMC and to the BIRMC on a periodic basis.

The Bank establishes policies, limits and thresholds within the risk appetite. These limits reflect the business strategy and market environment of the Bank as well as the level of risk that the Bank is willing to accept (risk appetite). The monitoring and control mechanism therefore, is based on risk appetite of the Bank.

67.1 Credit Risk

The financial loss resulting from a borrower or counterparty to a financial instrument failing or delaying to meet its contractual obligations is referred to as credit risk. It arises principally from the loans and receivables to banks and other customers and investments in debt securities. In addition to the credit risk from direct funding exposure i.e., On-Balance Sheet exposure, indirect liabilities such as Letters of Credit, Guarantees etc. also would expose the Bank to credit risk.

The Bank considers and consolidates all elements of credit risk exposure (such as individual obligor default risk, country and sector concentration risks) to ensure stringent Credit Risk Management.

67.1.1 Credit Quality Analysis
67.1.1 (a) Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk by Risk Rating

The table below sets out information about the maximum exposure to credit risk (including Off-Balance Sheet exposure) broken down by risk ratings and the related provision for impairment made by the Bank against those assets.

As at December 31, Notes Loans and Receivables to Other Customers Loans and Receivables
to Banks
Financial Investments Lending Commitments and Financial Guarantees
    2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014
    Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk                  
Carrying amount 30-34 508,115,127 405,431,457 601,106 551,066 269,625,007 270,971,070
Amount Committed/Guarantees 57 519,854,597 351,196,011
At Amortised Cost                  
Government Securities (Risk Free Investments)   44,925,168 40,850,011
Rating 0-4: Investment Grade(*)   295,536,012 223,041,038 12,799,201 9,586,053
Rating 5-6: Moderate Risk   205,704,910 177,468,590 601,106 551,066
Rating S: High Risk   2,937,274 2,791,464
Rating 7-9: Extreme Risk   21,988,485 19,086,939
Gross carrying amount   526,166,681 422,388,031 601,106 551,066 57,724,369 50,436,064
Less: Provision for impairment (individual and collective)   18,051,554 16,956,574
Net carrying amount 31, 32, 34 508,115,127 405,431,457 601,106 551,066 57,724,369 50,436,064
Available-for-Sale                  
Government Securities (Risk Free Investments)   193,938,549 205,160,033
Rating 0-4: Investment Grade   486,880 843,630
Rating 5-6: Moderate Risk   9,818,860 8,204,707
Rating S: High Risk  
Rating 7-9: Extreme Risk  
Gross/net carrying amount 33 204,244,289 214,208,370
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading                  
Government Securities (Risk Free Investments)   3,943,697 2,423,272
Rating 0-4: Investment Grade   326,263 367,732
Rating 5-6: Moderate Risk   3,386,389 3,535,632
Rating S: High Risk  
Rating 7-9: Extreme Risk  
Gross/net carrying amount 30 7,656,349 6,326,636
Total net carrying amount   508,115,127 405,431,457 601,106 551,066 269,625,007 270,971,070
Off-Balance Sheet(**)                  
Maximum Exposure                  
Lending Commitments                  
Grade 0-6: Investment Grade to Moderate Risk         153,979,986 106,560,178
Financial Guarantees                  
Grade 0-6: Investment Grade to Moderate Risk         365,874,611 244,635,833
Total exposure 57       519,854,597 351,196,011

(*) Investment grade also includes Cash, Gold.

(**) Amounts reported above does not include capital commitments disclosed in the Note 57 on ‘Contingent Liabilities and Commitments’.

67.1.1 (b) Age Analysis by Class of Financial Assets

The maximum exposure to credit risk for class of financial assets by risk rating and by age are given below:

  Notes Loans and Receivables to Other Customers Loans and Receivables
to Banks
Financial Investments Lending Commitments and Financial Guarantees
As at December 31,   2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014
    Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Government Securities (Risk Free investments)   242,807,414 248,433,316
Gross carrying amount   242,807,414 248,433,316
Neither Past Due Nor Individually Impaired                  
Rating 0-4: Investment grade   294,042,877 222,897,028 13,612,344 10,797,415 283,307,261 141,026,873
Rating 5-6: Moderate risk   203,984,694 176,917,981 601,106 551,066 13,205,249 11,740,339 236,547,336 210,169,138
Gross carrying amount   498,027,571 399,815,009 601,106 551,066 26,817,593 22,537,754 519,854,597 351,196,011
Past Due But Not Individually Impaired                  
Less than 3 months   5,568,510 3,705,964
3 to 6 months   914,145 1,868,823
6 to 12 months   921,336 1,297,997
12 to 18 months   789,046 1,326,904
More than 18 months   8,199,444 7,824,652
Gross carrying amount   16,392,481 16,024,340
Individually Impaired                  
Less than 3 months   4,357,858 266,435
3 to 6 months   1,099,777 1,007,795
6 to 12 months   284,986 148,659
12 to 18 months   906,849 734,831
More than 18 months   5,097,159 4,390,962
Gross carrying amount   11,746,629 6,548,682
Total gross carrying amount   526,166,681 422,388,031 601,106 551,066 269,625,007 270,971,070 519,854,597 351,196,011
Provision for Impairment                  
Individual   5,369,960 4,334,587
Collective   12,681,594 12,621,987
Total Provision for impairment   18,051,554 16,956,574
Total net carrying amount 30-34,57 508,115,127 405,431,457 601,106 551,066 269,625,007 270,971,070 519,854,597 351,196,011

The methodology of the impairment assessment is explained in the Note 17.

67.1.1 (c) Credit Risk Exposure for Each Internal Credit Rating on Facilities and Historical Default Rates

Through adoption of a robust risk grading system that falls in line with Basel requirements, the Bank maintains accurate and consistent risk ratings across the credit portfolio in accordance with the established policy framework to ensure the quality of its credit portfolio. The risk grading framework consists of several ratings of risks to represent varying degrees of risks as an indicator for Lending Officers to evaluate the overall risk profile of counterpart and to arrive at an acceptable risk return trade-off. It also provides a tool for the Management to assess the credit exposures across all lines of business, geographic regions and products. The risk gradings of the borrowers are reviewed at least annually or more frequently in a deteriorating risk profile of the counterparties.

The Bank’s internal credit rating of the loans and receivable portfolio together with historical default rates and respective gross carrying amounts are given in the table below:

As at December 31,   2015 2014
Bank’s Internal Credit Rating Note Historical Default
Rates
Gross Carrying
Amount
Historical Default
Rates
Gross Currying
Amount
    % Rs. ’000 % Rs. ’000
Gold   12.13 1,879,893 15.77 2,348,767
Investment Grade          
Rating - 0   0.14 57,957,593 0.15 49,585,111
Rating - 1   0.28 5,343,970 0.40 5,432,532
Rating - 2   0.20 25,937,869 0.39 17,259,834
Rating - 3   0.54 96,615,386 0.59 50,123,205
Rating - 4   0.54 106,308,166 0.31 98,147,579
Sub total     294,042,877   222,897,028
Moderate Risk          
Rating - 5   0.74 172,997,420 0.88 154,362,496
Rating - 6   1.30 30,987,274 1.68 22,555,485
Sub total     203,984,694   176,917,981
Past Due But Not Individually Impaired          
High Risk          
Rating - S   23.29 1,807,302 25.27 2,593,132
Extreme Risk          
Rating - 7   56.39 3,246,400 58.02 1,854,792
Rating - 8   69.86 1,191,771 69.04 1,774,810
Rating - 9   100.00 10,147,008 100.00 9,801,606
Sub total     16,392,481   16,024,340
Impaired          
Individually Impaired(*)   11,746,629 6,548,682
Total 32.1   526,166,681   422,388,031

(*) Default rates are not calculated for individually impaired loans and receivables.

67.1.1 (d) Credit Quality by Class of Financial Assets

The table below show the credit quality by the class of asset for all financial assets exposed to credit risk, based on the Bank’s internal credit rating.

As at December 31, 2015   Neither Past Due Nor Individually Impaired      
  Note Government
Guaranteed
Investment
Grade
Moderate Risk Past Due But Not
Individually
Impaired (Net)
Individually
Impaired (Net)
Total
    Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,043,512 20,043,512
Balances with Central Banks 27 28,221,017 28,221,017
Placements with banks 28 17,193,539 17,193,539
Securities purchased under resale agreements   8,002,100 8,002,100
Derivative financial instruments 29 4,118,169 4,118,169
Other financial instruments – held-for-trading 30 3,943,697 326,263 3,386,389 7,656,349
Loans and receivables to banks 31 601,106     601,106
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 292,140,306 202,385,179 7,212,973 6,376,669 508,115,127
Corporate banking   156,450,856 70,818,794 2,377,758 2,368,232 232,015,636
Amortised cost   157,741,097 71,573,763 2,743,604 5,029,349 237,087,813
Less–provision for impairment   1,290,241 754,969 365,846 2,661,121 5,072,177
Personal banking   135,689,450 131,566,385 4,835,215 4,008,441 276,099,491
Amortised cost   136,301,780 132,410,931 13,648,878 6,717,280 289,078,869
Less–provision for impairment   612,330 844,546 8,813,663 2,708,839 12,979,378
Financial investments – available-for-sale 33 193,938,549 486,880 9,818,860 204,244,289
Government Securities   193,938,549 9,818,860 203,757,409
Quoted shares   234,839 234,839
Unquoted shares   46,487 46,487
Investment in unit trust   205,554 205,554
Financial investments – loans and receivables 34 44,925,168 12,799,201 57,724,369
Government Securities   44,925,168 44,925,168
Other investments   12,799,201 12,799,201
Total   279,030,531 347,107,870 216,191,534 7,212,973 6,376,669 855,919,577

Definition of ‘Past Due’ – The Bank considers that any amounts uncollected one day or more beyond their contractual due date.

As at December 31, 2014   Neither Past Due Nor Individually Impaired  
  Note Government
Guaranteed
Investment
Grade
Moderate Risk Past Due But Not
Impaired (Net)
Individually
Impaired (Net)
Total
    Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with central banks 27 19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements with banks 28 14,507,861 14,507,861
Securities purchased under resale agreements   41,198,266 41,198,266
Derivative financial instruments 29 459,510 459,510
Other financial instruments – held-for-trading 30 2,423,272 367,732 3,535,632 6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 222,039,175 174,801,951 6,376,232 2,214,099 405,431,457
Corporate banking   129,230,858 62,137,985 453,448 759,582 192,581,873
Amortised cost   129,723,348 63,295,937 868,904 2,615,388 196,503,577
Less - provision for impairment   492,490 1,157,952 415,456 1,855,806 3,921,704
Personal banking   92,808,317 112,663,966 5,922,784 1,454,517 212,849,584
Amortised cost   93,173,680 113,622,041 15,155,436 3,933,294 225,884,451
Less - provision for impairment   365,363 958,075 9,232,652 2,478,777 13,034,867
Financial investments – available-for-sale 33 205,160,033 843,630 8,204,707 214,208,370
Government Securities   205,160,033 8,204,707 213,364,740
Quoted shares   185,132 185,132
Unquoted shares   45,057 45,057
Investment in unit trust   613,441 613,441
Financial investments – loans and receivables 34 40,850,011 9,586,053 50,436,064
Government securities   40,850,011 40,850,011
Other Investments     9,586,053 9,586,053
Total   309,265,328 268,395,828 187,093,356 6,376,232 2,214,099 773,344,843

Definition of ‘Past Due’ – The Bank considers that any amount uncollected one day or more beyond their contractual due date.

67.1.1 (e) Trading Assets
Held-for-Trading Investments in Debt and Equity Securities

The table below sets out the credit quality of debt and equity securities classified as held-for-trading debt securities which include investments made by the Bank in Government Securities of Sri Lanka and Bangladesh. The analysis of equity securities is based on Fitch Ratings Nomenclature or Equivalent Ratings, where applicable.

As at December 31, Note 2015 2014
    Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Government Securities      
Government Securities – Sri Lanka      
Treasury Bills   1,552,531 781,287
Treasury Bonds   2,391,166 1,641,985
Government Securities – Bangladesh      
Treasury Bills   3,442,876
Treasury Bonds   3,386,389 92,756
Total – Government Securities   7,330,086 5,958,904
Equity Securities      
Rated AAA   54,803 58,063
Rated AA+ to AA-   17 5,923
Rated A+ to A   30,380 41,018
Rated BBB+   7,545
Unrated   241,063 255,183
Total – Equity securities   326,263 367,732
Total 30 7,656,349 6,326,636
Credit Exposure Arising from Derivative Transactions

Credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments at any time is limited to those with positive fair values, as reported in the Statement of Financial Position. With gross settled derivatives, the Bank is also exposed to a settlement risk, being the risk that the counterparty failing to deliver the counter value.

The tables below shows analysis of credit exposures arising from derivative financial assets and liabilities.

As at December 31,2015 Derivative Type
  Forward SWAPS Spot Total
  Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Derivative financial assets (Note 1) 33,615,548 786,794 119,436,202 3,328,679 4,537,226 2,696 157,588,976 4,118,169
Derivative financial liabilities (Note 2) 37,226,463 (1,098,002) 49,029,977 (791,199) 2,505,341 (1,569) 88,761,781 (1,890,770)
Note 1                
Derivative financial assets by counterparty type                
With Banks 7,233,582 108,548 119,349,712 3,328,679 4,150,359 1,711 130,733,653 3,438,938
Other customers 26,381,966 678,246 86,490 386,867 985 26,855,323 679,231
  33,615,548 786,794 119,436,202 3,328,679 4,537,226 2,696 157,588,976 4,118,169
Note 2                
Derivative financial liabilities by counterparty type                
With Banks 31,120,972 (851,679) 49,029,977 (787,433) 2,412,484 (1,513) 82,563,433 (1,640,625)
Other customers 6,105,491 (246,323) (3,766) 92,857 (56) 6,198,348 (250,145)
  37,226,463 (1,098,002) 49,029,977 (791,199) 2,505,341 (1,569) 88,761,781 (1,890,770)
As at December 31,2014 Derivative Type
  Forward SWAPS Spot Total
  Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Derivative financial assets (Note 1) 20,358,635 233,300 37,306,791 222,533 2,845,959 3,677 60,511,385 459,510
Derivative financial liabilities (Note 2) 8,222,097 (368,886) 60,338,932 (823,596) 549,217 (657) 69,110,246 (1,193,139)
Note 1                
Derivative financial assets by counterparty type                
With Banks 6,328,908 54,701 37,306,791 222,533 2,092,045 2,437 45,727,744 279,671
Other customers 14,029,727 178,599 753,914 1,240 14,783,641 179,839
  20,358,635 233,300 37,306,791 222,533 2,845,959 3,677 60,511,385 459,510
Note 2                
Derivative financial liabilities by counterparty type                
With Banks 3,747,560 (24,499) 60,338,932 (823,596) 336,711 (501) 64,423,203 (848,596)
Other customers 4,474,537 (344,387) 212,506 (156) 4,687,043 (344,543)
  8,222,097 (368,886) 60,338,932 (823,596) 549,217 (657) 69,110,246 (1,193,139)
67.1.2 Impaired Loans and Receivables and Investment Debt Securities

Reconciliation of changes in the carrying amount of individually impaired loans and receivables is as detailed below:

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Impaired loans and receivables to other customers as at January 01, 2,214,099 2,598,374
Newly classified as impaired loans and receivables during the year 5,282,954 628,790
Net change in already impaired loans and receivables during the year (608,652) (100,073)
Net payment, write-off and recoveries and other movement during the year (511,732) (912,992)
Impaired loans and receivables to customers as at December 31, 6,376,669 2,214,099

No impairment provision has been made for investment in debt securities as at December 31, 2015 (2014 – nil).

For methodology of the impairment assessment, refer Note 17 on impairment of financial assets which are carried at amortised cost.

For details of provision for impairment for loans and receivables to banks and for loans and receivable to other customers, refer Notes 31 and 32 .

Set out below is an analysis of the gross and net carrying amounts of individually impaired loans and receivables by risk rating.

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Loans and Receivable to Customers Loans and Receivable to Customers
  Gross Net Gross Net
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Rating 0-4: Investment Grade 1,493,134 1,418,234 144,010 103,374
Rating 5-6: Moderate Risk 1,720,216 1,620,746 550,610 335,272
Rating S: High Risk 1,129,972 807,046 198,333 184,071
Rating 7-9: Extreme Risk 7,403,307 2,530,643 5,655,729 1,591,382
  11,746,629 6,376,669 6,548,682 2,214,099
67.1.3 Collateral Held
Loan to Value Ratio of Residential Mortgage Lending

The table below stratifies mortgaged credit exposures to retail customers by ranges of loan-to-value (LTV) ratio. LTV is calculated as the ratio of the gross amount of the loan to the value of the collateral which is also used to compute the risk weighted assets for the calculation of Capital Adequacy ratios. The value of the collateral for residential mortgage loans is based on the forced sale value determined by professional valuers.

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Composition (%) Rs. ’000 Composition (%)
LTV ratio        
Less than 50% 4,706,206 21.68 4,351,805 24.04
51 - 70% 5,443,350 25.08 4,690,017 25.90
71 - 90% 6,693,133 30.84 5,244,165 28.96
91 - 100% 958,034 4.41 821,071 4.53
More than 100%* 3,903,690 17.99 3,001,235 16.57
  21,704,413 100.00 18,108,293 100.00

* LTV ratio of more than 100% was due to the inflated numerator resulting from subsequent disbursements made to the borrower which was compared against the initial fair value of the property (the denominator).

Assets Obtained by taking the Possession of Collaterals

Repossession of collaterals is resorted to in extreme situations where action is necessitated to recover the dues. The repossessed assets are disposed, in an orderly and transparent manner and the proceeds are used to reduce or recover the outstanding claims.

67.1.4 Concentrations of Credit Risk

By setting various concentration limits under different criteria within the established risk appetite framework (i.e., single borrower/group, industry sectors, product, counterparty and country etc.), the Bank ensures that an acceptable level of risk diversification is maintained on an ongoing basis. These limits are continuously monitored and periodically reviewed by the Credit Policy Committee, the Executive Integrated Risk Management Committee and the Board Integrated Risk Management Committee to capture the developments in market, political and economical environment both locally and internationally to strengthen the dynamic portfolio management practices and to provide an early warning on possible credit concentrations.

The maximum exposure to credit risk to the components of financial assets in the Statement of Financial Position as at December 31, broken down by industry sector and by geographical region of financial assets are given below:

67.1.4 (a) Industry-wise Distribution
As at December 31, 2015 Agriculture
and
Fishing
Manu-
facturing
Tourism Transport Cons-
truction
Traders New
Economy
Financial
and
Business
Services
Government Infras-
tructure
Other
Services
Other
Customers
Total
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets                          
Cash and cash equivalents 20,043,512 20,043,512
Balances with Central Banks 28,221,017 28,221,017
Placements with banks 17,193,539 17,193,539
Securities purchased under resale agreements 8,002,100 8,002,100
Derivative financial assets 166,252 6,600 8,353 262 317,574 3,602,206 16,422 500 4,118,169
Other financial instruments – held-for-trading 155,422 9,495 15,599 35,019 30,516 52,106 7,330,086 28,106 7,656,349
Government Securities             7,330,086       7,330,086
Quoted equity securities 155,422 9,495 15,599 35,019 30,516 52,106 28,106 326,263
Loans and receivables to banks               601,106         601,106
Loans and receivables to other customers 43,880,354 70,756,644 31,704,922 16,229,559 59,068,173 74,515,538 13,733,055 43,678,286 18,958,293 49,292,548 86,297,755 508,115,127
Loans & advances* 43,880,354 70,756,644 31,704,922 16,229,559 59,068,173 74,515,538 13,733,055 43,678,286 18,958,293 49,292,548 86,297,755 508,115,127
Financial investments – available-for-sale 12,427 437,966 203,764,668 29,228 204,244,289
Government Securities 203,757,409 203,757,409
Equity securities – Quoted shares 12,427 222,412 234,839
Equity securities - Unquoted shares 10,000 7,259 29,228 46,487
Investment in unit trusts 205,554 205,554
Financial investments – loans and receivable 2,875,163 1,083,961 8,602,910 44,925,168 237,167 57,724,369
Government Securities 44,925,168 44,925,168
Investment in Unit trusts 2,875,163 1,083,961   8,602,910 237,167   12,799,201
Total 43,880,354 73,965,908 31,721,017 16,237,912 59,084,034 75,952,092 13,763,571 94,211,631 292,243,039 18,986,399 49,575,365 86,298,255 855,919,577

(*) Industry wise loans and receivables appearing in the Note 32.1 (c) do not agree due to the impairment.

As at December 31, 2014 Agriculture
and
Fishing
Manu-
facturing
Tourism Transport Cons-
truction
Traders New
Economy
Financial
and
Business
Services
Government Infras-
tructure
Other
Services
Other
Customers
Total
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets                          
Cash and cash equivalents 20,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with Central Banks   19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements with banks 14,507,861 14,507,861
Securities purchased under resale agreements 41,198,266 41,198,266
Derivative financial assets 25,308 4,397 306 32,984 255 366,871 620 6,823 21,946 459,510
Other financial instruments – held-for-trading 177,415 11,856 20,850 33,821 19,954 51,817 5,958,904 52,019 6,326,636
Government Securities             5,958,904       5,958,904
Quoted securities - Quoted shares 177,415 11,856 20,850 33,821 19,954 51,817   52,019 367,732
Loans and receivables to banks 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 43,581,619 52,662,465 16,888,688 12,940,410 40,351,177 58,916,183 6,209,585 28,751,154 15,590,465 39,593,074 89,946,637 405,431,457
Loans & advances* 43,581,619 52,662,465 16,888,688 12,940,410 40,351,177 58,916,183 6,209,585 28,751,154 15,590,465 39,593,074 89,946,637 405,431,457
Financial investments – available-for-sale 11,356 789,467 213,380,603 26,944 214,208,370
Government Securities 213,364,740 213,364,740
Equity securities – Quoted shares 11,356 173,777 185,133
Equity securities – unquoted shares 2,250 15,863 26,944   45,057
Investment in unit trusts 613,440 613,440
Financial investments – loans and receivable 960,696 953,298 6,987,597 41,297,306 237,167 50,436,064
Government Securities 40,850,011 40,850,011
Investment in Unit trusts 960,696 953,298   6,987,597 447,295 237,167   9,586,053
Total 43,606,927 53,816,329 16,900,850 12,940,410 40,405,011 59,903,557 6,229,539 72,597,700 321,468,825 15,643,104 39,864,008 89,968,583 773,344,843

(*) Industry wise loans and receivables appearing in the Note 32.1 (c) do not agree due to the impairment.

67.1.4 (b) Geographical Distribution of Loans and Receivables Portfolio

The Western Province has recorded a higher percentage of lending based on geographical distribution of the Bank’s lending portfolio. It has accounted for 76% (approximately) of total advances portfolio of the Bank (excluding Bangladesh operation) as at December 31, 2015. Although, Western Province is vested with highest credit concentration, we believe that a sizable portion of these lending has been utilised to facilitate industries scattered around the country. For example, most of the large corporates which have island-wide operations are being accommodated by the Branches and Corporate Banking Division situated in the Western Province thereby reflecting a fairly diversified geographical concentration on such borrowers.

As at December 31, 2015

Province Loans and Receivables by Product
  Overdraft

Rs. ’000
Trade
Finance
Rs. ’000
Lease
Receivables
Rs. ’000
Credit Cards

Rs. ’000
Pawning

Rs. ’000
Staff
Loans
Rs. ’000
Housing
Loans
Rs. ’000
Personal
Loans
Rs. ’000
Long Term
Loans
Rs. ’000
Short Term
Loans
Rs. ’000
Bills of
Exchange
Rs. ’000
Total

Rs. ’000
Sri Lanka                        
Central 8,554,213 180,407 2,066,547 256,801 103,425 2,480,416 1,438,608 12,100,975 1,005,681 50,194 28,237,267
Eastern 671,967 27,151 479,533 59,211 35,273 228,346 435,810 1,490,021 28,071 1,599 3,456,982
North Central 691,180 71,533 1,384,839 68,702 8,779 355,277 281,563 2,948,036 199,250 2,901 6,012,060
Northern 1,709,859 47,798 735,285 73,501 486,231 536,945 557,278 2,504,367 29,811 967 6,682,042
North Western 3,531,249 406,243 2,579,974 220,765 192,368 2,756,994 1,414,967 9,546,347 558,536 3,212 21,210,655
Sabaragamuwa 3,222,608 139,125 1,912,235 121,407 78,159 1,961,883 882,740 5,437,548 255,548 8,833 14,020,086
Southern 4,071,013 1,328,383 3,062,705 238,144 126,180 3,961,944 1,958,579 10,612,183 213,666 21,603 25,594,400
Uva 828,363 2,409 998,925 75,521 31,476 1,359,779 481,967 3,049,962 145,196 7 6,973,605
Western 51,816,858 41,965,436 20,425,439 2,868,609 803,814 5,999,407 25,570,432 17,918,380 165,670,040 19,425,636 2,838,338 355,302,389
Bangladesh 3,943,380 911,569 176,685 57,608 100,426 170,182 279,043 5,861,989 20,825,415 8,299,344 40,625,641
Total 79,040,690 45,080,054 33,822,167 4,040,269 1,865,705 6,099,833 39,382,198 25,648,935 219,221,468 42,686,810 11,226,998 508,115,127

As at December 31, 2014

Province Loans and Receivables by Product
  Overdraft

Rs. ’000
Trade
Finance
Rs. ’000
Lease
Receivables
Rs. ’000
Credit Cards

Rs. ’000
Pawning

Rs. ’000
Staff
Loans
Rs. ’000
Housing
Loans
Rs. ’000
Personal
Loans
Rs. ’000
Long Term
Loans
Rs. ’000
Short Term
Loans
Rs. ’000
Bills of
Exchange
Rs. ’000
Total

Rs. ’000
Sri Lanka                        
Central 3,597,148 101,125 1,394,106 253,347 144,102 1,814,563 1,165,655 8,968,284 377,338 46,093 17,861,761
Eastern 694,683 265,758 57,678 73,238 222,426 347,563 1,386,989 39,441 3,087,776
North Central 629,465 101,423 935,383 66,909 14,389 371,416 282,964 2,548,677 220,747 22,533 5,193,906
Northern 1,476,474 465,942 66,899 534,999 473,853 453,957 2,337,898 21,598 1,989 5,833,609
North Western 3,104,692 248,329 1,683,351 206,582 234,631 2,160,393 1,141,875 8,439,507 477,588 8,507 17,705,455
Sabaragamuwa 2,431,968 95,459 947,590 117,884 99,293 1,432,771 651,940 3,303,445 238,764 9,637 9,328,751
Southern 3,812,054 866,546 1,808,851 225,498 149,548 3,303,663 1,796,194 8,272,388 191,654 24,891 20,451,287
Uva 754,494 4,219 567,142 65,392 50,375 1,126,814 413,966 2,068,858 78,252 5,129,512
Western 46,910,669 37,926,034 13,894,422 2,404,226 1,007,100 4,873,068 19,440,762 14,375,984 128,245,662 18,126,426 3,595,742 290,800,095
Bangladesh 4,089,012 1,906,658 184,585 52,085 132,023 125,585 266,094 8,515,342 11,272,274 3,495,647 30,039,305
Total 67,500,659 41,249,793 22,147,130 3,516,500 2,307,675 5,005,091 30,472,246 20,896,192 174,087,050 31,044,082 7,205,039 405,431,457

Please refer Note 32 for the Gross carrying amount of the Loans and Advances.

Geographical Distribution of Loans and Receivables for the Year 2015

Geographical Distribution of Loans and Receivables for the Year 2014

67.1.5 Exposures to Unrated Countries

This note summarises the Bank’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure to countries which are not rated by an established rating company.

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
On-Balance Sheet Exposures    
Loans and receivables to customers    
Net carrying value 12,565,857 6,025,118
Gross carrying value 14,177,263 7,124,420
Less – Provision for impairment 1,611,406 1,099,302
Fair value net of provision for impairment(*) 12,565,857 6,025,118
Fair value before impairment 14,177,263 7,124,420
Less – Provision for impairment 1,611,406 1,099,302
Off-Balance Sheet Exposures    
Loan commitments and financial guarantees 9,301,980 360,557
Financial guarantees 47,419 135,082
Loan commitments 9,254,561 225,475
Total on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure 21,867,837 6,385,675

(*) There is no difference between the net carrying amount and the fair value, as all facilities have been granted under floating interest rates.

67.2 Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the Bank’s inability to meet On or Off-Balance Sheet contractual and contingent financial obligations, as they fall due without incurring unacceptable losses. The principal objective in liquidity risk management is to assess the need for funds to meet such obligations and to ensure the availability of adequate funding to fulfil those needs at the appropriate time, under both normal and stressed conditions.

Therefore, the Bank continuously analyses and monitors its liquidity profile, maintains adequate levels of high quality liquid assets, ensures access to diverse funding sources and has contingency funding agreements with peer banks to meet any unforeseen the liquidity requirements. Exposures and ratios against tolerance limits as well as stressed scenarios are regularly monitored in order to identify the Bank’s liquidity position and potential funding requirements.

Assets and Liability Management Committee (ALCO)

ALCO chaired by the Managing Director, has representatives from Treasury, Corporate Banking, Personal Banking, Risk and Finance Departments. The Committee meets fortnightly or more frequently to monitor and manage the assets and liabilities of the Bank and also the overall liquidity position to keep the Bank’s liquidity at healthy levels, whilst satisfying the regulatory requirements.

67.2.1 Exposure to Liquidity Risk

The key measure used by the Bank for managing liquidity risk is the ratio of liquid assets to total liabilities excluding shareholders’ funds. For this purpose, ‘liquid assets’ include cash and cash equivalents, placements with banks and Government Securities (net). Details of the reported ratio of liquid assets to external liabilities of the Domestic Banking Unit (DBU) and the Off-shore Banking Centre (OBC) as at the Reporting date are as follows:

  DBU OBC
  2015
%
2014
%
2015
%
2014
%
As at December 31, 26.24 33.15 49.13 31.43
Average for the period 28.50 35.26 43.90 32.13
Maximum for the period 34.29 37.10 51.20 38.54
Minimum for the period 24.99 33.15 32.05 27.35
Statutory minimum requirement 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00

The graph below depicts the trends in quarterly regulatory liquidity ratios of the Bank during the period from December 2013 to December 2015:

Liquidity Ratios

The ratio between net loans to total On-Balance Sheet assets has gradually increased during 2015, while the ratio between total, gross loans and advances to customer deposits has remained below 90%. Ratios of both purchased funds [including inter-bank and Money Market (MM) borrowing and institutional deposits] to total assets and large liabilities after deducting temporary investments to earning assets and temporary investments have been marginally below 20%. The ratio of commitments to total loans has gradually increased. The ratio of liquid assets to short term liabilities has remained above 30%. All above ratios indicate strong liquidity position maintained by the Bank.

Liquidity Risk

67.2.2 Maturity Analysis of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
67.2.2 (a) Remaining Contractual Period to Maturity – Bank

(i) Remaining contractual period to maturity as at December 31, of the assets employed by the Bank is detailed below:

As at December 31, Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Total as at
31.12.2015
Total as at
31.12.2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest Earning Assets:              
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 1,652,959 1,652,959 3,596,658
Balances with Central Banks 5,675,993 30,814 5,706,807 167,496
Placements with banks 17,193,539 17,193,539 14,507,861
Securities purchased under resale agreements 8,002,100 8,002,100 41,198,266
Derivative financial assets
Other financial instruments – held-for-trading 7,330,086 7,330,086 5,958,902
Loans and receivables to banks
Loans and receivables to other customers 181,932,485 93,551,108 127,512,029 67,570,875 37,548,630 508,115,127 405,431,457
Financial investments – available-for-sale 10,378,165 12,897,944 89,654,360 38,515,358 52,524,034 203,969,861 213,364,741
Financial investments – held-to-maturity
Financial investments – loans and receivables 3,824,319 20,049,834 21,431,676 12,418,540 57,724,369 50,436,064
Total interest earning assets as at 31.12.2015 235,989,646 126,529,700 238,598,065 118,504,773 90,072,664 809,694,848  
Total interest earning assets as at 31.12.2014 244,284,877 136,075,473 144,797,100 130,181,657 79,322,338 734,661,445
Non-Interest Earning Assets:              
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 18,390,553 18,390,553 16,995,209
Balances with Central Banks 15,444,763 5,785,437 468,849 397,102 418,059 22,514,210 19,466,250
Placements with banks
Securities purchased under resale agreements
Derivative financial assets 2,368,201 1,628,577 121,391 4,118,169 459,510
Other financial instruments – held-for-trading 326,263 326,263 367,734
Loans and receivables to banks 601,106 601,106 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers
Financial investments – available-for-sale 17,294 257,134 274,428 843,629
Financial investments – held-to-maturity
Financial investments – loans and receivables
Non-Financial Assets              
Investments in subsidiaries 1,237,146 1,237,146 1,211,000
Investments in associates 44,331 44,331 44,331
Property, plant & equipment 9,968,985 9,968,985 9,953,091
Intangible assets 465,960 465,960 439,128
Leasehold property 74,478 74,478 75,420
Other assets 8,344,808 169,805 985,405 374,696 2,219,877 12,094,591 10,541,817
Total non-interest earning assets as at 31.12.2015 44,874,588 7,583,819 2,176,751 789,092 14,685,970 70,110,220
Total non-interest earning assets as at 31.12.2014 38,184,360 5,428,275 1,460,320 1,278,646 14,596,584 60,948,185
Total assets – as at 31.12.2015 280,864,234 134,113,519 240,774,816 119,293,865 104,758,634 879,805,068
Total assets – as at 31.12.2014 282,469,237 141,503,748 146,257,420 131,460,303 93,918,922 795,609,630
Percentage – as at 31.12.2015(*) 31.92 15.24 27.37 13.56 11.91 100.00
Percentage – as at 31.12.2014(*) 35.51 17.79 18.38 16.52 11.80 100.00

(*) Total percentage of each maturity bucket out of total assets employed by the Bank.

(ii) Remaining contractual period to maturity as at the date of Statement of Financial Position of the liabilities and shareholders’ funds employed by the Bank is detailed below:

As at December 31, Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Total as at
31.12.2015
Total as at
31.12.2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest-bearing liabilities:              
Financial Liabilities              
Due to banks 14,236,607 12,252,750 26,489,357 7,101,355
Derivative financial liabilities      
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 89,404,870 22,648,445 331,497 112,384,812 124,564,499
Other financial liabilities – held-for-trading
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 372,821,253 164,738,055 14,096,129 9,075,203 10,433,689 571,164,329 484,439,838
Other borrowings 492,184 1,506,179 4,089,640 139,873 3,757,761 9,985,637 11,636,583
Subordinated liabilities 132,361 1,117,677 10,723,234 11,973,272 11,044,775
Total interest-bearing liabilities as at 31.12.2015 477,087,275 202,263,106 18,517,266 9,215,076 24,914,684 731,997,407  
Total interest-bearing liabilities as at 31.12.2014 409,117,698 180,713,705 20,555,908 8,810,120 19,589,619   638,787,050
Non-interest bearing liabilities:              
Financial Liabilities              
Due to banks 3,829,762 3,829,762 18,159,621
Derivative financial liabilities 1,026,823 783,512 80,435 1,890,770 1,193,139
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 52,937,481 52,937,481 44,921,646
               
Non-Financial Liabilities              
Current tax liabilities 1,503,502 1,498,482 3,001,984 1,997,990
Deferred tax 260,056 199,449 111,823 471,153 (811,866) 230,615 2,573,760
Other provisions 1,874 1,874 1,874
Other liabilities 11,385,635 1,509,154 1,239,799 299,833 1,113,738 15,548,159 17,443,531
Due to subsidiaries 26,212 26,212 19,289
Equity              
Stated capital 23,254,605 23,254,605 21,457,501
Statutory reserves 4,922,264 4,922,264 4,327,103
Retained earnings 4,388,867 4,388,867 4,258,287
Other reserves 37,775,068 37,775,068 40,468,839
Total non-interest bearing liabilities as at 31.12.2015 70,971,345 3,990,597 1,432,057 770,986 70,642,676 147,807,661  
Total non-interest bearing liabilities as at 31.12.2014 74,289,006 6,032,858 3,055,498 1,512,995 71,932,223   156,822,580
Total liabilities and equity – as at 31.12.2015 548,058,620 206,253,703 19,949,323 9,986,062 95,557,360 879,805,068  
Total liabilities and equity – as at 31.12.2014 483,406,704 186,746,563 23,611,406 10,323,115 91,521,842   795,609,630
Percentage – as at 31.12.2015(*) 62.29 23.44 2.27 1.14 10.86 100  
Percentage – as at 31.12.2014(*) 60.76 23.47 2.97 1.30 11.50   100

(*) Total percentage of each maturity bucket out of total liabilities and shareholders’ funds employed by the Bank.

67.2.2 (b) Non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities expected to be recovered or settled after 12 months from the Reporting date

The table below sets out the carrying amounts of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities expected to be recovered or settled after 12 months from the Reporting date.

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets    
Non-Derivative Financial Assets    
Balances with central banks 1,284,010 1,047,349
Loans and receivables to banks 601,106 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 232,631,534 198,905,938
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 180,968,180 155,625,347
  415,484,830 356,129,700
Financial Liabilities    
Non-Derivative Financial Liabilities    
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 331,497
Due to other customers/deposits from customers 33,605,021 27,844,004
Other borrowings 7,987,274 10,327,959
Subordinated liabilities 10,723,234 10,783,684
  52,647,026 48,955,647
67.2.3 Liquidity Reserves

The table below sets out the components of the Bank’s liquidity reserves:

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Carrying Amount
Rs. ’000
Fair Value
Rs. ’000
Carrying Amount
Rs. ’000
Fair Value
Rs. ’000
Balances with central banks 28,221,017 28,221,017 19,633,746 19,633,746
Cash and balances with other banks 4,170,033 4,170,033 6,943,357 6,943,357
Other cash and cash equivalents 15,873,479 15,873,479 13,648,510 13,648,510
Unencumbered debt securities issued by sovereigns 106,704,783 107,319,745 135,957,411 137,548,651
Total liquidity reserves 154,969,312 155,584,274 176,183,024 177,774,264
67.2.4 Financial Assets Available to Support Future Funding

The table below sets out the availability of the Bank’s financial assets to support future funding:

December 31, 2015   Encumbered Unencumbered  
  Note Pledged as
Collateral
Rs. ’000
Other**

Rs. ’000
Available as
Collateral
Rs. ’000
Other

Rs. ’000
Total

Rs. ’000
Cash and cash equivalents 26     20,043,512   20,043,512
Balances with central banks 27     28,221,017   28,221,017
Placements with banks 28     17,193,539   17,193,539
Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements       8,002,100   8,002,100
Derivative financial assets 29     4,118,169   4,118,169
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30     7,656,349   7,656,349
Loans and receivables to banks 31   601,106   601,106
Loans and receivables to other customers 32     508,115,127   508,115,127
Financial investments – Available-for-sale* 33 112,384,812   91,859,477   204,244,289
Financial investments – Loans and Receivables 34     57,724,369   57,724,369
Total financial assets   112,384,812 601,106 742,933,659 855,919,577

 

December 31, 2014   Encumbered Unencumbered  
  Note Pledged as
Collateral
Rs. ’000
Other**

Rs. ’000
Available as
Collateral
Rs. ’000
Other

Rs. ’000
Total

Rs. ’000
Cash and cash equivalents 26     20,591,867   20,591,867
Balances with central banks 27     19,633,746   19,633,746
Placements with banks 28     14,507,861   14,507,861
Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements       41,198,266   41,198,266
Derivative financial assets 29     459,510   459,510
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30     6,326,636   6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31   551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32     405,431,457   405,431,457
Financial investments – Available-for-sale* 33 124,564,499 89,643,871   214,208,370
Financial investments – Loans and Receivables 34     50,436,064   50,436,064
Total financial assets   124,564,499 551,066 648,229,278 773,344,843

* Market value of securities pledged as collateral is Rs. 126.431 Bn. – 2015 (Rs. 149.640 Bn. – 2014).

**Represents an amount where the Bank is prevented from exercising the right of lien against the claim made by the Bank due to a Court action.

67.3 Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of losses in, On or Off-Balance Sheet positions arising out of movements in prices affecting foreign exchange exposures, interest rate instruments, equity/debt instruments and commodity exposures. The Bank monitors market risk in both trading and non-trading portfolios.

67.3.1 Exposure to Market Risk - Trading and Non-Trading Portfolios

The table below sets out the allocation of assets and liabilities subject to market risk between trading and non-trading portfolios:

As at December 31, 2015     Market Risk Measurement
  Note Carrying Amount

Rs. ’000
Trading Portfolios

Rs. ’000
Non-Trading
Portfolios
Rs. ’000
Assets Subject to Market Risk        
Cash and cash equivalents 26 6,012,136   6,012,136
Balances with central banks 27 8,145,887   8,145,887
Placements with banks 28 17,193,539   17,193,539
Securities purchased under resale agreements   8,002,100   8,002,100
Derivative financial assets 29 4,118,169 4,118,169
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 7,656,349 7,656,349
Loans and receivables to banks 31 601,106   601,106
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 508,115,127   508,115,127
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 204,244,289   204,244,289
Financial investments – Loans and Receivables 34 57,724,369   57,724,369
    821,813,071 11,774,518 810,038,553
Liabilities Subject to Market Risk        
Due to banks 41 30,319,119   30,319,119
Derivative financial liabilities 42 1,890,770 1,890,770
Securities sold under repurchase agreements   112,384,812   112,384,812
Due to other customers/deposits from customers 43 624,101,810   624,101,810
Other borrowings 44 9,985,637   9,985,637
Subordinated liabilities 50 11,973,272   11,973,272
    790,655,420 1,890,770 788,764,650

 

As at December 31, 2014     Market Risk Measurement
  Note Carrying Amount

Rs. ’000
Trading Portfolios

Rs. ’000
Non-Trading
Portfolios
Rs. ’000
Assets Subject to Market Risk        
Cash and cash equivalents 26 8,369,802   8,369,802
Balances with central banks 27 2,199,888   2,199,888
Placements with banks 28 14,507,861   14,507,861
Securities purchased under resale agreements   41,198,266   41,198,266
Derivative financial assets 29 459,510 459,510
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,326,636 6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066   551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 405,431,457   405,431,457
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 214,208,370   214,208,370
Financial investments – Loans and receivables 34 50,436,064   50,436,064
    743,668,920 6,786,146 736,902,774
Liabilities Subject to Market Risk        
Due to banks 41 25,260,976   25,260,976
Derivative financial liabilities 42 1,193,139 1,193,139
Securities sold under repurchase agreements   124,564,499   124,564,499
Due to other customers/deposits from customers 43 529,361,484   529,361,484
Other borrowings 44 11,636,583   11,636,583
Subordinated liabilities 50 11,044,775   11,044,775
    703,061,456 1,193,139 701,868,317
67.3.2 Exposure to Interest Rate Risk – Sensitivity Analysis
67.3.2 (a) Exposure to Interest Rate Risk – Non-Trading Portfolio

The possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows or the fair values of financial instruments gives rise to interest rate risk. The Bank’s policy is to continuously monitor portfolios and adopt hedging strategies to ensure that interest rate risk is maintained within prudent levels.

The tables below analyse the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure on financial assets and financial liabilities. The Bank’s assets and liabilities are included at carrying amount and categorised by the earlier of contractual re-pricing or maturity dates.

Interest rate gap position of the non-trading portfolio of the Bank is given below:

As at December 31, 2015 Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Non-
Sensitive
Total as at
31.12.2015
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 20,043,512 20,043,512
Balances with central banks 5,707,697 22,513,320 28,221,017
Placements with banks 16,472,789 720,750 17,193,539
Securities purchased under resale agreements 8,002,100 8,002,100
Derivative financial assets
Other financial instruments – held-for-trading
Loans and receivables to banks 601,106 601,106
Loans and receivables to other customers 305,050,450 102,751,351 45,161,485 29,482,071 20,557,607 5,112,163 508,115,127
Financial investments – available-for-sale 13,236,069 10,905,467 81,166,272 35,687,455 51,541,198 11,707,828 204,244,289
Financial investments – loans and receivables 45,991,446 1,493,686 5,025,175 5,211,040 3,022 57,724,369
Total Financial Assets 394,460,551 115,871,254 131,352,932 70,380,566 72,098,805 59,980,951 844,145,059
Financial Liabilities              
Due to banks 15,872,928 12,252,750 2,193,441 30,319,119
Derivative financial liabilities
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 89,404,870 22,648,445 331,497 112,384,812
Due to other customers/deposits from customers 376,414,265 164,654,425 13,448,855 8,416,197 7,222,343 53,945,725 624,101,810
Other borrowings 7,935,160 419,463 348,618 264,069 1,018,327 9,985,637
Subordinated liabilities 10,855,595 1,117,677 11,973,272
Total Financial Liabilities 500,482,818 201,092,760 14,128,970 8,680,266 8,240,670 56,139,166 788,764,650
Interest rate sensitivity gap (106,022,267) (85,221,506) 117,223,962 61,700,300 63,858,135 3,841,785 55,380,409

 

As at December 31, 2014 Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Non-
Sensitive
Total as at
31.12.2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents 1,000,000 19,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with central banks 167,497 19,466,249 19,633,746
Placements with banks 13,450,661 1,057,200 14,507,861
Securities purchased under resale agreements 40,023,056 1,175,210 41,198,266
Derivative financial assets
Other financial instruments – held-for-trading
Loans and receivables to banks 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 257,183,352 76,633,731 30,417,239 18,773,170 16,191,616 6,232,349 405,431,457
Financial investments – available-for-sale 14,533,119 43,167,687 30,614,319 72,339,271 52,710,345 843,629 214,208,370
Financial investments – loans and receivables 41,639,748 845,575 4,215,747 3,734,994 50,436,064
Total Financial Assets 367,997,433 122,879,403 65,247,305 94,847,435 68,901,961 46,685,160 766,558,697
Financial Liabilities              
Due to banks 10,300,549 13,307,653 1,652,774 25,260,976
Derivative financial liabilities
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 84,774,772 37,921,798 1,867,929 124,564,499
Due to other customers/deposits from customers 318,124,063 134,432,410 12,187,265 5,977,239 13,598,934 45,041,573 529,361,484
Other borrowings 2,827,263 966,982 633,385 6,922,301 286,652 11,636,583
Subordinated liabilities 9,943,394 129,121 972,260 11,044,775
Total Financial Liabilities 425,970,041 186,757,964 15,660,839 12,899,540 13,885,586 46,694,347 701,868,317
Interest rate sensitivity gap (57,972,608) (63,878,561) 49,586,466 81,947,895 55,016,375 (9,187) 64,690,380
67.3.2 (b) Exposure to Interest Rate Risk – Non-Trading Portfolio (Rate Shocks)

The management of interest rate risk against interest rate gap limits is supplemented by monitoring the sensitivity of the Bank’s financial assets and financial liabilities to various interest rate scenarios.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity of the Bank’s Income Statement as at Reporting date to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant.

Sensitivity of Projected Net Interest Income
  2015 2014
Net Interest Income (NII) 100 bp
Parallel Increase
Rs. ’000
100 bp
Parallel Decrease
Rs. ’000
100 bp
Parallel Increase
Rs. ’000
100 bp
Parallel Decrease
Rs. ’000
As at December 31, 363,173 (362,303) 494,488 (495,461)
Average for the period 336,601 (335,541) 751,326 (753,968)
Maximum for the period 469,161 (468,336) 893,537 (901,327)
Minimum for the period 267,117 (266,063) 494,488 (495,461)

The Graph below depicts the impact on the Net Interest Income (NII) of Sri Lankan Operations – Rate shock of 100 bp on Rupee denominated Assets and Liabilities and 10 bp on FCY denominated Assets and Liabilities.

Impact on the Net Interest Income

The impact of changes in interest rates on NII is measured using a static Balance Sheet which is subjected to 100bps and 10bps shocks on rupee and foreign currency denominated interest earning assets and interest bearing liability portfolios, respectively. Thereafter, the potential impact on the Bank’s profitability due to changes in rupee and foreign currency interest rates is evaluated to ensure that the volatilities are prudently managed within the internal tolerance limits. Above graph depicts the sensitivity of NII to rate shocks during the years 2014 and 2015. Right throughout 2015, the impact of rate shocks on projected NII has been well below the Management Action Trigger (MAT) limit. Since August, 2014 the impact has gradually decreased due to the conscious decision of the Bank to rebalance the Fixed Income Securities (FIS) portfolio.

67.3.3 Exposure to Currency Risk – Non-Trading Portfolio

Currency risk arises as a result of fluctuations in the value of a financial instrument due to changes in foreign exchange rates. There are set limits on position by currency and these positions are monitored on a daily basis.

The table below indicates the currencies to which the Bank had significant exposures as at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the exposure as a percentage of the total capital funds:

Foreign Exchange Position as at December 31, 2015
Currency Spot Forward Net Open Position Net Position
in Other
Exchange
Contracts
Overall
Exposure in
Respective
Foreign
Currency
Overall
Exposure
in LKR
  Assets Liabilities Net Assets Liabilities Net
  2 ’000 3 ’000 4=2-3 ’000 5 ’000 6 ’000 7=5-6 ’000 8 ’000 9 ’000 10 ’000 11 ’000
United States Dollar 27,147 27,207 (60) 15,410 14,568 842 1,096 1,877 270,602
Great Britain Pound 191 183 8 60 100 (40) 46 15 3,171
Euro 2,751 753 1,998 172 2,143 (1,971) (58) (31) (4,886)
Japanese Yen 16,056 12,095 3,961 12,040 9,734 2,306 (420) 5,848 6,999
Indian Rupee
Australian Dollars 503 569 (66) 1,350 1,250 100 (33) 1 86
Canadian Dollars 354 347 7 7 716
Other currencies in US$ 363 144 219 168 99 69 44 333 47,951
Total exposure             US$ 1,117 US$ 2,252 324,639
Total capital funds as per the latest Audited Financial Statements (capital base of the Bank as at December 31, 2015)         79,687,972
Total exposure as a % of total capital funds as per the Audited Financial Statements       0.41%

 

Foreign Exchange Position as at December 31, 2014
Currency Spot Forward Net Open Position Net Position
in Other
Exchange
Contracts
Overall
Exposure in
Respective
Foreign
Currency
Overall
Exposure
in LKR
  Assets Liabilities Net Assets Liabilities Net
  2 ’000 3 ’000 4=2-3 ’000 5 ’000 6 ’000 7=5-6 ’000 8 ’000 9 ’000 10 ’000 11 ’000
United States Dollar 22,916 22,921 (5) 6,974 2,804 4,170 (5,132) (967) (127,730)
Great Britain Pound 181 149 32 809 816 (7) (48) (23) (4,750)
Euro 1,260 74 1,186 144 1,317 (1,173) 16 29 4,611
Japanese Yen 3,781 45,351 (41,570) 47,803 12,580 35,223 52 (6,294) (6,974)
Indian Rupee
Australian Dollars 252 263 (11) 100 120 (20) (19) (50) (5,458)
Canadian Dollars 124 216 (92) 55 (37) (4,166)
Other currencies in US$ 614 216 398 75 460 (385) 147 161 21,233
Total exposure             US$ (5,041) US$ (938) (123,234)
Total capital funds as per the latest Audited Financial Statements (capital base of the Bank as at December 31, 2014)         72,177,447
Total exposure as a % of total capital funds as per the Audited Financial Statements       –0.17%

The Bank regularly conducts sensitivity analysis on Net Open Position (NOP) due to possible changes in the USD/LKR exchange rate to assess the exposure to Foreign Exchange Risk. An appropriate shock based on historical US$/LKR exchange rate is applied on the NOP which is measured against the Board approved threshold limits.

Sensitivity of FX Position - Impact of 1% Change in Exchange Rate (Sri Lankan Operation)

67.3.4 Exposure to Equity Price Risk

Impact on profit or loss and equity as a result of a change in market price by 10%.

Equity price risks arises as result of any change in prices and volatilities of individual equities. The Bank conducts mark-to-market calculations on a daily, quarterly and on a need basis to identify the impact due to changes in equity prices.

The table below summarises impact (both to the profit or loss and to the equity) due to a shock of 10% on equity price.

  2015 2014
  Held-for-Trading
Rs. ’000
Available-for-Sale
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
Held-for-Trading
Rs. ’000
Available-for-Sale
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
Market value of equity securities as at December 31, 326,263 234,839 561,102 367,732 185,132 552,864
Stress Level Impact on P&L Impact on OCI Impact on Equity Impact on P&L Impact on OCI Impact on Equity
Shock of 10% on equity price (upward) 32,626 23,484 56,110 36,773 18,513 55,286
Shock of 10% on equity price (downward) (32,626) (23,484) (56,110) (36,773) (18,513) (55,286)

67.4 Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk events which include legal and regulatory implications could lead to financial and reputation losses to the Bank.

The Operational Risk Management Framework of the Bank has been defined under the Board approved Operational Risk Management Policy. Operational risk is managed by establishing an appropriate internal control system that requires a mechanism for segregation of related responsibilities within the Bank, and a detailed testing and verification of the Bank’s overall operational systems, and achieving a full harmony between internal and external systems and establishing a fully independent back-up facility for Business Continuity Planning.

For more details on ‘Operational Risk’ refer the section on ‘Managing Risk at Commercial Bank’.

67.5 Capital Management

Objective

The Bank is required to manage its capital taking into account the need to meet the regulatory requirements as well as the current and future business needs, stakeholder expectations and available options for raising capital.

67.5.1 Regulatory Capital

Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) is calculated based on the CBSL Directions stemming from Basel II Accord. These guidelines require the Bank to maintain a CAR of not less than 5% with core capital (Tier I) in relation to total risk-weighted assets and a minimum overall CAR of 10% inclusive of Tier I and Tier II (Supplementary Capital) in relation to total risk-weighted assets.

As at December 31, 2015 2014
  Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Tier I: Core Capital    
Paid-up ordinary shares/Common stock/Assigned capital++ 23,254,605 21,457,502
Statutory reserve fund 4,922,265 4,327,103
Published retained profits/(accumulated losses)(+/-) 1,582,894 1,568,605
General and other reserves 36,007,573 32,010,399
Minority interests (consistent with the above capital constituents)
Tier I: Deductions/Adjustments    
Goodwill
Other intangible assets (465,962) (439,129)
Advances granted to employees of the Bank for the purchase of shares of the Bank (ESOP) (499) (786)
50% of Investments in unconsolidated banking and financial subsidiary companies (458,023) (458,023)
50% Investments in the capital of other banks and financial institutions (402) (402)
Total Eligible Core Capital (Tier I Capital) 64,842,451 58,465,269
Tier II: Supplementary Capital    
Revaluation reserves (as approved by Central Bank of Sri Lanka) 2,034,231 2,034,231
General provisions 2,351,948 1,836,058
Approved subordinated term debt 10,917,767 10,300,314
Tier II: Deductions/Adjustments    
50% of investments in unconsolidated banking and financial subsidiary companies (458,023) (458,023)
50% investments in the capital of other banks and financial institutions (402) (402)
Total eligible supplementary capital (Tier II Capital) 14,845,521 13,712,178
Total capital base 79,687,972 72,177,447

The Bank’s regulator, the Central Bank of Sri Lanka sets and monitors capital requirements for the Bank as a whole.

Historically, the Bank has been maintaining a relatively higher CAR, stability and reliance.

The higher level of capital maintained by the Bank too contributed to the growth of the Bank.

The Bank has a well-structured Corporate Planning and Budgeting Procedure. Capital budgeting decisions are arrived at after evaluating the impact of such decisions on the income of the Bank.

67.5.2 Capital Allocation

Management uses regulatory capital ratios to monitor its capital base. The allocation of capital between specific operations and activities, to a large extent, is driven by optimisation of the return achieved on the capital allocated. The amount of capital allocated to each operation or activity is based primarily on regulatory capital requirements, but in some cases the regulatory requirements do not fully reflect the varying degree of risk associated with different activities. In such cases, the capital requirements may be flexed to reflect differing risk profiles, subject to the overall level of capital to support a particular operation or activity not falling below the minimum requirements for regulatory purposes.

68. Events After the Reporting Date

No circumstances have arisen since the Reporting date which would require adjustments or disclosure in the Financial Statements other than disclosed below:

68.1 Final Dividend – 2015

The Board of Directors of the Bank have recommended the payment of a final dividend of Rs. 5/- per share which consist of a cash dividend of Rs. 3/- per share and the balance entitlement of Rs. 2/- per share that will be satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares for both voting and non-voting ordinary shareholders of the Bank for the year ended December 31, 2015.

This dividend is yet to be approved at the Annual General Meeting to be held on March 31, 2016. In accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard No.10 – ‘Events after the Reporting Period’, this proposed final dividend has not been recognised as a liability as at December 31, 2015. Under the Inland Revenue Act No. 10 of 2006, a withholding tax of 10% has been imposed on dividends declared.

Compliance with Sections 56 and 57 of the Companies Act No. 07 of 2007

As required by Section 56 of the Companies Act No. 07 of 2007, the Board of Directors of the Bank satisfied the solvency test in accordance with the Section 57, prior to recommending the final dividend. A statement of solvency completed and duly signed by the Directors on February 24, 2016 has been audited by KPMG.